wxPython/src/gtk/_core.py

   1 # This file was created automatically by SWIG 1.3.29.
   2 # Don't modify this file, modify the SWIG interface instead.
   3
   4 import _core_
   5 import new
   6 new_instancemethod = new.instancemethod
   7 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,static=1):
   8     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
   9     if (name == "this"):
  10         if type(value).__name__ == 'PySwigObject':
  11             self.__dict__[name] = value
  12             return
  13     method = class_type.__swig_setmethods__.get(name,None)
  14     if method: return method(self,value)
  15     if (not static) or hasattr(self,name):
  16         self.__dict__[name] = value
  17     else:
  18         raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  19
  20 def _swig_setattr(self,class_type,name,value):
  21     return _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,0)
  22
  23 def _swig_getattr(self,class_type,name):
  24     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own()
  25     method = class_type.__swig_getmethods__.get(name,None)
  26     if method: return method(self)
  27     raise AttributeError,name
  28
  29 def _swig_repr(self):
  30     try: strthis = "proxy of " + self.this.__repr__()
  31     except: strthis = ""
  32     return "<%s.%s; %s >" % (self.__class__.__module__, self.__class__.__name__, strthis,)
  33
  34 import types
  35 try:
  36     _object = types.ObjectType
  37     _newclass = 1
  38 except AttributeError:
  39     class _object : pass
  40     _newclass = 0
  41 del types
  42
  43
  44 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic_method(set):
  45     def set_attr(self,name,value):
  46         if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
  47         if hasattr(self,name) or (name == "this"):
  48             set(self,name,value)
  49         else:
  50             raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  51     return set_attr
  52
  53
  54 #// Give a reference to the dictionary of this module to the C++ extension
  55 #// code.
  56 _core_._wxPySetDictionary(vars())
  57
  58 #// A little trick to make 'wx' be a reference to this module so wx.Names can
  59 #// be used here.
  60 import sys as _sys
  61 wx = _sys.modules[__name__]
  62
  63
  64 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  65
  66 def _deprecated(callable, msg=None):
  67     """
  68     Create a wrapper function that will raise a DeprecationWarning
  69     before calling the callable.
  70     """
  71     if msg is None:
  72         msg = "%s is deprecated" % callable
  73     def deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs):
  74         import warnings
  75         warnings.warn(msg, DeprecationWarning, stacklevel=2)
  76         return callable(*args, **kwargs)
  77     deprecatedWrapper.__doc__ = msg
  78     return deprecatedWrapper
  79
  80
  81 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  82
  83 NOT_FOUND = _core_.NOT_FOUND
  84 VSCROLL = _core_.VSCROLL
  85 HSCROLL = _core_.HSCROLL
  86 CAPTION = _core_.CAPTION
  87 DOUBLE_BORDER = _core_.DOUBLE_BORDER
  88 SUNKEN_BORDER = _core_.SUNKEN_BORDER
  89 RAISED_BORDER = _core_.RAISED_BORDER
  90 BORDER = _core_.BORDER
  91 SIMPLE_BORDER = _core_.SIMPLE_BORDER
  92 STATIC_BORDER = _core_.STATIC_BORDER
  93 TRANSPARENT_WINDOW = _core_.TRANSPARENT_WINDOW
  94 NO_BORDER = _core_.NO_BORDER
  95 DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER = _core_.DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER
  96 DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE = _core_.DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE
  97 TAB_TRAVERSAL = _core_.TAB_TRAVERSAL
  98 WANTS_CHARS = _core_.WANTS_CHARS
  99 POPUP_WINDOW = _core_.POPUP_WINDOW
 100 CENTER_FRAME = _core_.CENTER_FRAME
 101 CENTRE_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTRE_ON_SCREEN
 102 CENTER_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTER_ON_SCREEN
 103 CLIP_CHILDREN = _core_.CLIP_CHILDREN
 104 CLIP_SIBLINGS = _core_.CLIP_SIBLINGS
 105 WINDOW_STYLE_MASK = _core_.WINDOW_STYLE_MASK
 106 ALWAYS_SHOW_SB = _core_.ALWAYS_SHOW_SB
 107 RETAINED = _core_.RETAINED
 108 BACKINGSTORE = _core_.BACKINGSTORE
 109 COLOURED = _core_.COLOURED
 110 FIXED_LENGTH = _core_.FIXED_LENGTH
 111 LB_NEEDED_SB = _core_.LB_NEEDED_SB
 112 LB_ALWAYS_SB = _core_.LB_ALWAYS_SB
 113 LB_SORT = _core_.LB_SORT
 114 LB_SINGLE = _core_.LB_SINGLE
 115 LB_MULTIPLE = _core_.LB_MULTIPLE
 116 LB_EXTENDED = _core_.LB_EXTENDED
 117 LB_OWNERDRAW = _core_.LB_OWNERDRAW
 118 LB_HSCROLL = _core_.LB_HSCROLL
 119 PROCESS_ENTER = _core_.PROCESS_ENTER
 120 PASSWORD = _core_.PASSWORD
 121 CB_SIMPLE = _core_.CB_SIMPLE
 122 CB_DROPDOWN = _core_.CB_DROPDOWN
 123 CB_SORT = _core_.CB_SORT
 124 CB_READONLY = _core_.CB_READONLY
 125 RA_HORIZONTAL = _core_.RA_HORIZONTAL
 126 RA_VERTICAL = _core_.RA_VERTICAL
 127 RA_SPECIFY_ROWS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_ROWS
 128 RA_SPECIFY_COLS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_COLS
 129 RA_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RA_USE_CHECKBOX
 130 RB_GROUP = _core_.RB_GROUP
 131 RB_SINGLE = _core_.RB_SINGLE
 132 SB_HORIZONTAL = _core_.SB_HORIZONTAL
 133 SB_VERTICAL = _core_.SB_VERTICAL
 134 RB_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RB_USE_CHECKBOX
 135 ST_SIZEGRIP = _core_.ST_SIZEGRIP
 136 ST_NO_AUTORESIZE = _core_.ST_NO_AUTORESIZE
 137 ST_DOTS_MIDDLE = _core_.ST_DOTS_MIDDLE
 138 ST_DOTS_END = _core_.ST_DOTS_END
 139 FLOOD_SURFACE = _core_.FLOOD_SURFACE
 140 FLOOD_BORDER = _core_.FLOOD_BORDER
 141 ODDEVEN_RULE = _core_.ODDEVEN_RULE
 142 WINDING_RULE = _core_.WINDING_RULE
 143 TOOL_TOP = _core_.TOOL_TOP
 144 TOOL_BOTTOM = _core_.TOOL_BOTTOM
 145 TOOL_LEFT = _core_.TOOL_LEFT
 146 TOOL_RIGHT = _core_.TOOL_RIGHT
 147 OK = _core_.OK
 148 YES_NO = _core_.YES_NO
 149 CANCEL = _core_.CANCEL
 150 YES = _core_.YES
 151 NO = _core_.NO
 152 NO_DEFAULT = _core_.NO_DEFAULT
 153 YES_DEFAULT = _core_.YES_DEFAULT
 154 ICON_EXCLAMATION = _core_.ICON_EXCLAMATION
 155 ICON_HAND = _core_.ICON_HAND
 156 ICON_QUESTION = _core_.ICON_QUESTION
 157 ICON_INFORMATION = _core_.ICON_INFORMATION
 158 ICON_STOP = _core_.ICON_STOP
 159 ICON_ASTERISK = _core_.ICON_ASTERISK
 160 ICON_MASK = _core_.ICON_MASK
 161 ICON_WARNING = _core_.ICON_WARNING
 162 ICON_ERROR = _core_.ICON_ERROR
 163 FORWARD = _core_.FORWARD
 164 BACKWARD = _core_.BACKWARD
 165 RESET = _core_.RESET
 166 HELP = _core_.HELP
 167 MORE = _core_.MORE
 168 SETUP = _core_.SETUP
 169 SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH
 170 SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT
 171 SIZE_AUTO = _core_.SIZE_AUTO
 172 SIZE_USE_EXISTING = _core_.SIZE_USE_EXISTING
 173 SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE = _core_.SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE
 174 SIZE_FORCE = _core_.SIZE_FORCE
 175 PORTRAIT = _core_.PORTRAIT
 176 LANDSCAPE = _core_.LANDSCAPE
 177 PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH
 178 PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM
 179 PRINT_QUALITY_LOW = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_LOW
 180 PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT
 181 ID_ANY = _core_.ID_ANY
 182 ID_SEPARATOR = _core_.ID_SEPARATOR
 183 ID_NONE = _core_.ID_NONE
 184 ID_LOWEST = _core_.ID_LOWEST
 185 ID_OPEN = _core_.ID_OPEN
 186 ID_CLOSE = _core_.ID_CLOSE
 187 ID_NEW = _core_.ID_NEW
 188 ID_SAVE = _core_.ID_SAVE
 189 ID_SAVEAS = _core_.ID_SAVEAS
 190 ID_REVERT = _core_.ID_REVERT
 191 ID_EXIT = _core_.ID_EXIT
 192 ID_UNDO = _core_.ID_UNDO
 193 ID_REDO = _core_.ID_REDO
 194 ID_HELP = _core_.ID_HELP
 195 ID_PRINT = _core_.ID_PRINT
 196 ID_PRINT_SETUP = _core_.ID_PRINT_SETUP
 197 ID_PREVIEW = _core_.ID_PREVIEW
 198 ID_ABOUT = _core_.ID_ABOUT
 199 ID_HELP_CONTENTS = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTENTS
 200 ID_HELP_COMMANDS = _core_.ID_HELP_COMMANDS
 201 ID_HELP_PROCEDURES = _core_.ID_HELP_PROCEDURES
 202 ID_HELP_CONTEXT = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTEXT
 203 ID_CLOSE_ALL = _core_.ID_CLOSE_ALL
 204 ID_PREFERENCES = _core_.ID_PREFERENCES
 205 ID_CUT = _core_.ID_CUT
 206 ID_COPY = _core_.ID_COPY
 207 ID_PASTE = _core_.ID_PASTE
 208 ID_CLEAR = _core_.ID_CLEAR
 209 ID_FIND = _core_.ID_FIND
 210 ID_DUPLICATE = _core_.ID_DUPLICATE
 211 ID_SELECTALL = _core_.ID_SELECTALL
 212 ID_DELETE = _core_.ID_DELETE
 213 ID_REPLACE = _core_.ID_REPLACE
 214 ID_REPLACE_ALL = _core_.ID_REPLACE_ALL
 215 ID_PROPERTIES = _core_.ID_PROPERTIES
 216 ID_VIEW_DETAILS = _core_.ID_VIEW_DETAILS
 217 ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS
 218 ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS
 219 ID_VIEW_LIST = _core_.ID_VIEW_LIST
 220 ID_VIEW_SORTDATE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTDATE
 221 ID_VIEW_SORTNAME = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTNAME
 222 ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE
 223 ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE
 224 ID_FILE1 = _core_.ID_FILE1
 225 ID_FILE2 = _core_.ID_FILE2
 226 ID_FILE3 = _core_.ID_FILE3
 227 ID_FILE4 = _core_.ID_FILE4
 228 ID_FILE5 = _core_.ID_FILE5
 229 ID_FILE6 = _core_.ID_FILE6
 230 ID_FILE7 = _core_.ID_FILE7
 231 ID_FILE8 = _core_.ID_FILE8
 232 ID_FILE9 = _core_.ID_FILE9
 233 ID_OK = _core_.ID_OK
 234 ID_CANCEL = _core_.ID_CANCEL
 235 ID_APPLY = _core_.ID_APPLY
 236 ID_YES = _core_.ID_YES
 237 ID_NO = _core_.ID_NO
 238 ID_STATIC = _core_.ID_STATIC
 239 ID_FORWARD = _core_.ID_FORWARD
 240 ID_BACKWARD = _core_.ID_BACKWARD
 241 ID_DEFAULT = _core_.ID_DEFAULT
 242 ID_MORE = _core_.ID_MORE
 243 ID_SETUP = _core_.ID_SETUP
 244 ID_RESET = _core_.ID_RESET
 245 ID_CONTEXT_HELP = _core_.ID_CONTEXT_HELP
 246 ID_YESTOALL = _core_.ID_YESTOALL
 247 ID_NOTOALL = _core_.ID_NOTOALL
 248 ID_ABORT = _core_.ID_ABORT
 249 ID_RETRY = _core_.ID_RETRY
 250 ID_IGNORE = _core_.ID_IGNORE
 251 ID_ADD = _core_.ID_ADD
 252 ID_REMOVE = _core_.ID_REMOVE
 253 ID_UP = _core_.ID_UP
 254 ID_DOWN = _core_.ID_DOWN
 255 ID_HOME = _core_.ID_HOME
 256 ID_REFRESH = _core_.ID_REFRESH
 257 ID_STOP = _core_.ID_STOP
 258 ID_INDEX = _core_.ID_INDEX
 259 ID_BOLD = _core_.ID_BOLD
 260 ID_ITALIC = _core_.ID_ITALIC
 261 ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER
 262 ID_JUSTIFY_FILL = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_FILL
 263 ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT
 264 ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT
 265 ID_UNDERLINE = _core_.ID_UNDERLINE
 266 ID_INDENT = _core_.ID_INDENT
 267 ID_UNINDENT = _core_.ID_UNINDENT
 268 ID_ZOOM_100 = _core_.ID_ZOOM_100
 269 ID_ZOOM_FIT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_FIT
 270 ID_ZOOM_IN = _core_.ID_ZOOM_IN
 271 ID_ZOOM_OUT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_OUT
 272 ID_UNDELETE = _core_.ID_UNDELETE
 273 ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED = _core_.ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED
 274 ID_HIGHEST = _core_.ID_HIGHEST
 275 ACCEL_ALT = _core_.ACCEL_ALT
 276 ACCEL_CTRL = _core_.ACCEL_CTRL
 277 ACCEL_SHIFT = _core_.ACCEL_SHIFT
 278 ACCEL_NORMAL = _core_.ACCEL_NORMAL
 279 PD_AUTO_HIDE = _core_.PD_AUTO_HIDE
 280 PD_APP_MODAL = _core_.PD_APP_MODAL
 281 PD_CAN_ABORT = _core_.PD_CAN_ABORT
 282 PD_ELAPSED_TIME = _core_.PD_ELAPSED_TIME
 283 PD_ESTIMATED_TIME = _core_.PD_ESTIMATED_TIME
 284 PD_REMAINING_TIME = _core_.PD_REMAINING_TIME
 285 PD_SMOOTH = _core_.PD_SMOOTH
 286 PD_CAN_SKIP = _core_.PD_CAN_SKIP
 287 MENU_TEAROFF = _core_.MENU_TEAROFF
 288 MB_DOCKABLE = _core_.MB_DOCKABLE
 289 NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 290 FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 291 LI_HORIZONTAL = _core_.LI_HORIZONTAL
 292 LI_VERTICAL = _core_.LI_VERTICAL
 293 WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY = _core_.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY
 294 WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS = _core_.WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS
 295 WS_EX_TRANSIENT = _core_.WS_EX_TRANSIENT
 296 WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND = _core_.WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND
 297 WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE
 298 WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES
 299 MM_TEXT = _core_.MM_TEXT
 300 MM_LOMETRIC = _core_.MM_LOMETRIC
 301 MM_HIMETRIC = _core_.MM_HIMETRIC
 302 MM_LOENGLISH = _core_.MM_LOENGLISH
 303 MM_HIENGLISH = _core_.MM_HIENGLISH
 304 MM_TWIPS = _core_.MM_TWIPS
 305 MM_ISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ISOTROPIC
 306 MM_ANISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ANISOTROPIC
 307 MM_POINTS = _core_.MM_POINTS
 308 MM_METRIC = _core_.MM_METRIC
 309 CENTRE = _core_.CENTRE
 310 CENTER = _core_.CENTER
 311 HORIZONTAL = _core_.HORIZONTAL
 312 VERTICAL = _core_.VERTICAL
 313 BOTH = _core_.BOTH
 314 LEFT = _core_.LEFT
 315 RIGHT = _core_.RIGHT
 316 UP = _core_.UP
 317 DOWN = _core_.DOWN
 318 TOP = _core_.TOP
 319 BOTTOM = _core_.BOTTOM
 320 NORTH = _core_.NORTH
 321 SOUTH = _core_.SOUTH
 322 WEST = _core_.WEST
 323 EAST = _core_.EAST
 324 ALL = _core_.ALL
 325 ALIGN_NOT = _core_.ALIGN_NOT
 326 ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL
 327 ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL
 328 ALIGN_LEFT = _core_.ALIGN_LEFT
 329 ALIGN_TOP = _core_.ALIGN_TOP
 330 ALIGN_RIGHT = _core_.ALIGN_RIGHT
 331 ALIGN_BOTTOM = _core_.ALIGN_BOTTOM
 332 ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL
 333 ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL
 334 ALIGN_CENTER = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER
 335 ALIGN_CENTRE = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE
 336 ALIGN_MASK = _core_.ALIGN_MASK
 337 STRETCH_NOT = _core_.STRETCH_NOT
 338 SHRINK = _core_.SHRINK
 339 GROW = _core_.GROW
 340 EXPAND = _core_.EXPAND
 341 SHAPED = _core_.SHAPED
 342 FIXED_MINSIZE = _core_.FIXED_MINSIZE
 343 TILE = _core_.TILE
 344 ADJUST_MINSIZE = _core_.ADJUST_MINSIZE
 345 BORDER_DEFAULT = _core_.BORDER_DEFAULT
 346 BORDER_NONE = _core_.BORDER_NONE
 347 BORDER_STATIC = _core_.BORDER_STATIC
 348 BORDER_SIMPLE = _core_.BORDER_SIMPLE
 349 BORDER_RAISED = _core_.BORDER_RAISED
 350 BORDER_SUNKEN = _core_.BORDER_SUNKEN
 351 BORDER_DOUBLE = _core_.BORDER_DOUBLE
 352 BORDER_MASK = _core_.BORDER_MASK
 353 BG_STYLE_SYSTEM = _core_.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM
 354 BG_STYLE_COLOUR = _core_.BG_STYLE_COLOUR
 355 BG_STYLE_CUSTOM = _core_.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM
 356 DEFAULT = _core_.DEFAULT
 357 DECORATIVE = _core_.DECORATIVE
 358 ROMAN = _core_.ROMAN
 359 SCRIPT = _core_.SCRIPT
 360 SWISS = _core_.SWISS
 361 MODERN = _core_.MODERN
 362 TELETYPE = _core_.TELETYPE
 363 VARIABLE = _core_.VARIABLE
 364 FIXED = _core_.FIXED
 365 NORMAL = _core_.NORMAL
 366 LIGHT = _core_.LIGHT
 367 BOLD = _core_.BOLD
 368 ITALIC = _core_.ITALIC
 369 SLANT = _core_.SLANT
 370 SOLID = _core_.SOLID
 371 DOT = _core_.DOT
 372 LONG_DASH = _core_.LONG_DASH
 373 SHORT_DASH = _core_.SHORT_DASH
 374 DOT_DASH = _core_.DOT_DASH
 375 USER_DASH = _core_.USER_DASH
 376 TRANSPARENT = _core_.TRANSPARENT
 377 STIPPLE = _core_.STIPPLE
 378 STIPPLE_MASK = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK
 379 STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE
 380 BDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.BDIAGONAL_HATCH
 381 CROSSDIAG_HATCH = _core_.CROSSDIAG_HATCH
 382 FDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.FDIAGONAL_HATCH
 383 CROSS_HATCH = _core_.CROSS_HATCH
 384 HORIZONTAL_HATCH = _core_.HORIZONTAL_HATCH
 385 VERTICAL_HATCH = _core_.VERTICAL_HATCH
 386 JOIN_BEVEL = _core_.JOIN_BEVEL
 387 JOIN_MITER = _core_.JOIN_MITER
 388 JOIN_ROUND = _core_.JOIN_ROUND
 389 CAP_ROUND = _core_.CAP_ROUND
 390 CAP_PROJECTING = _core_.CAP_PROJECTING
 391 CAP_BUTT = _core_.CAP_BUTT
 392 CLEAR = _core_.CLEAR
 393 XOR = _core_.XOR
 394 INVERT = _core_.INVERT
 395 OR_REVERSE = _core_.OR_REVERSE
 396 AND_REVERSE = _core_.AND_REVERSE
 397 COPY = _core_.COPY
 398 AND = _core_.AND
 399 AND_INVERT = _core_.AND_INVERT
 400 NO_OP = _core_.NO_OP
 401 NOR = _core_.NOR
 402 EQUIV = _core_.EQUIV
 403 SRC_INVERT = _core_.SRC_INVERT
 404 OR_INVERT = _core_.OR_INVERT
 405 NAND = _core_.NAND
 406 OR = _core_.OR
 407 SET = _core_.SET
 408 WXK_BACK = _core_.WXK_BACK
 409 WXK_TAB = _core_.WXK_TAB
 410 WXK_RETURN = _core_.WXK_RETURN
 411 WXK_ESCAPE = _core_.WXK_ESCAPE
 412 WXK_SPACE = _core_.WXK_SPACE
 413 WXK_DELETE = _core_.WXK_DELETE
 414 WXK_START = _core_.WXK_START
 415 WXK_LBUTTON = _core_.WXK_LBUTTON
 416 WXK_RBUTTON = _core_.WXK_RBUTTON
 417 WXK_CANCEL = _core_.WXK_CANCEL
 418 WXK_MBUTTON = _core_.WXK_MBUTTON
 419 WXK_CLEAR = _core_.WXK_CLEAR
 420 WXK_SHIFT = _core_.WXK_SHIFT
 421 WXK_ALT = _core_.WXK_ALT
 422 WXK_CONTROL = _core_.WXK_CONTROL
 423 WXK_MENU = _core_.WXK_MENU
 424 WXK_PAUSE = _core_.WXK_PAUSE
 425 WXK_CAPITAL = _core_.WXK_CAPITAL
 426 WXK_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_PRIOR
 427 WXK_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NEXT
 428 WXK_END = _core_.WXK_END
 429 WXK_HOME = _core_.WXK_HOME
 430 WXK_LEFT = _core_.WXK_LEFT
 431 WXK_UP = _core_.WXK_UP
 432 WXK_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_RIGHT
 433 WXK_DOWN = _core_.WXK_DOWN
 434 WXK_SELECT = _core_.WXK_SELECT
 435 WXK_PRINT = _core_.WXK_PRINT
 436 WXK_EXECUTE = _core_.WXK_EXECUTE
 437 WXK_SNAPSHOT = _core_.WXK_SNAPSHOT
 438 WXK_INSERT = _core_.WXK_INSERT
 439 WXK_HELP = _core_.WXK_HELP
 440 WXK_NUMPAD0 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD0
 441 WXK_NUMPAD1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD1
 442 WXK_NUMPAD2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD2
 443 WXK_NUMPAD3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD3
 444 WXK_NUMPAD4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD4
 445 WXK_NUMPAD5 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD5
 446 WXK_NUMPAD6 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD6
 447 WXK_NUMPAD7 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD7
 448 WXK_NUMPAD8 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD8
 449 WXK_NUMPAD9 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD9
 450 WXK_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_MULTIPLY
 451 WXK_ADD = _core_.WXK_ADD
 452 WXK_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_SEPARATOR
 453 WXK_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_SUBTRACT
 454 WXK_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_DECIMAL
 455 WXK_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_DIVIDE
 456 WXK_F1 = _core_.WXK_F1
 457 WXK_F2 = _core_.WXK_F2
 458 WXK_F3 = _core_.WXK_F3
 459 WXK_F4 = _core_.WXK_F4
 460 WXK_F5 = _core_.WXK_F5
 461 WXK_F6 = _core_.WXK_F6
 462 WXK_F7 = _core_.WXK_F7
 463 WXK_F8 = _core_.WXK_F8
 464 WXK_F9 = _core_.WXK_F9
 465 WXK_F10 = _core_.WXK_F10
 466 WXK_F11 = _core_.WXK_F11
 467 WXK_F12 = _core_.WXK_F12
 468 WXK_F13 = _core_.WXK_F13
 469 WXK_F14 = _core_.WXK_F14
 470 WXK_F15 = _core_.WXK_F15
 471 WXK_F16 = _core_.WXK_F16
 472 WXK_F17 = _core_.WXK_F17
 473 WXK_F18 = _core_.WXK_F18
 474 WXK_F19 = _core_.WXK_F19
 475 WXK_F20 = _core_.WXK_F20
 476 WXK_F21 = _core_.WXK_F21
 477 WXK_F22 = _core_.WXK_F22
 478 WXK_F23 = _core_.WXK_F23
 479 WXK_F24 = _core_.WXK_F24
 480 WXK_NUMLOCK = _core_.WXK_NUMLOCK
 481 WXK_SCROLL = _core_.WXK_SCROLL
 482 WXK_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_PAGEUP
 483 WXK_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_PAGEDOWN
 484 WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE
 485 WXK_NUMPAD_TAB = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_TAB
 486 WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER
 487 WXK_NUMPAD_F1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F1
 488 WXK_NUMPAD_F2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F2
 489 WXK_NUMPAD_F3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F3
 490 WXK_NUMPAD_F4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F4
 491 WXK_NUMPAD_HOME = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_HOME
 492 WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT
 493 WXK_NUMPAD_UP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_UP
 494 WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT
 495 WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN
 496 WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR
 497 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
 498 WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT
 499 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
 500 WXK_NUMPAD_END = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_END
 501 WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN
 502 WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT
 503 WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE
 504 WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL
 505 WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY
 506 WXK_NUMPAD_ADD = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
 507 WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR
 508 WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT
 509 WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL
 510 WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE
 511 WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT
 512 WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT
 513 WXK_WINDOWS_MENU = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_MENU
 514 WXK_COMMAND = _core_.WXK_COMMAND
 515 WXK_SPECIAL1 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL1
 516 WXK_SPECIAL2 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL2
 517 WXK_SPECIAL3 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL3
 518 WXK_SPECIAL4 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL4
 519 WXK_SPECIAL5 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL5
 520 WXK_SPECIAL6 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL6
 521 WXK_SPECIAL7 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL7
 522 WXK_SPECIAL8 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL8
 523 WXK_SPECIAL9 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL9
 524 WXK_SPECIAL10 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL10
 525 WXK_SPECIAL11 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL11
 526 WXK_SPECIAL12 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL12
 527 WXK_SPECIAL13 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL13
 528 WXK_SPECIAL14 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL14
 529 WXK_SPECIAL15 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL15
 530 WXK_SPECIAL16 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL16
 531 WXK_SPECIAL17 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL17
 532 WXK_SPECIAL18 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL18
 533 WXK_SPECIAL19 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL19
 534 WXK_SPECIAL20 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL20
 535 PAPER_NONE = _core_.PAPER_NONE
 536 PAPER_LETTER = _core_.PAPER_LETTER
 537 PAPER_LEGAL = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL
 538 PAPER_A4 = _core_.PAPER_A4
 539 PAPER_CSHEET = _core_.PAPER_CSHEET
 540 PAPER_DSHEET = _core_.PAPER_DSHEET
 541 PAPER_ESHEET = _core_.PAPER_ESHEET
 542 PAPER_LETTERSMALL = _core_.PAPER_LETTERSMALL
 543 PAPER_TABLOID = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID
 544 PAPER_LEDGER = _core_.PAPER_LEDGER
 545 PAPER_STATEMENT = _core_.PAPER_STATEMENT
 546 PAPER_EXECUTIVE = _core_.PAPER_EXECUTIVE
 547 PAPER_A3 = _core_.PAPER_A3
 548 PAPER_A4SMALL = _core_.PAPER_A4SMALL
 549 PAPER_A5 = _core_.PAPER_A5
 550 PAPER_B4 = _core_.PAPER_B4
 551 PAPER_B5 = _core_.PAPER_B5
 552 PAPER_FOLIO = _core_.PAPER_FOLIO
 553 PAPER_QUARTO = _core_.PAPER_QUARTO
 554 PAPER_10X14 = _core_.PAPER_10X14
 555 PAPER_11X17 = _core_.PAPER_11X17
 556 PAPER_NOTE = _core_.PAPER_NOTE
 557 PAPER_ENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_9
 558 PAPER_ENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_10
 559 PAPER_ENV_11 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_11
 560 PAPER_ENV_12 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_12
 561 PAPER_ENV_14 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_14
 562 PAPER_ENV_DL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_DL
 563 PAPER_ENV_C5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C5
 564 PAPER_ENV_C3 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C3
 565 PAPER_ENV_C4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C4
 566 PAPER_ENV_C6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C6
 567 PAPER_ENV_C65 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C65
 568 PAPER_ENV_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B4
 569 PAPER_ENV_B5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B5
 570 PAPER_ENV_B6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B6
 571 PAPER_ENV_ITALY = _core_.PAPER_ENV_ITALY
 572 PAPER_ENV_MONARCH = _core_.PAPER_ENV_MONARCH
 573 PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL
 574 PAPER_FANFOLD_US = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_US
 575 PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN
 576 PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN
 577 PAPER_ISO_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ISO_B4
 578 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 579 PAPER_9X11 = _core_.PAPER_9X11
 580 PAPER_10X11 = _core_.PAPER_10X11
 581 PAPER_15X11 = _core_.PAPER_15X11
 582 PAPER_ENV_INVITE = _core_.PAPER_ENV_INVITE
 583 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA
 584 PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA
 585 PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA
 586 PAPER_A4_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A4_EXTRA
 587 PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE
 588 PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE
 589 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 590 PAPER_A_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A_PLUS
 591 PAPER_B_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_B_PLUS
 592 PAPER_LETTER_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_PLUS
 593 PAPER_A4_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A4_PLUS
 594 PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE
 595 PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE
 596 PAPER_A3_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA
 597 PAPER_A5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A5_EXTRA
 598 PAPER_B5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_B5_EXTRA
 599 PAPER_A2 = _core_.PAPER_A2
 600 PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE
 601 PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 602 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 603 PAPER_A6 = _core_.PAPER_A6
 604 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2
 605 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3
 606 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3
 607 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4
 608 PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED
 609 PAPER_A3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A3_ROTATED
 610 PAPER_A4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A4_ROTATED
 611 PAPER_A5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A5_ROTATED
 612 PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED
 613 PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED
 614 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 615 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 616 PAPER_A6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A6_ROTATED
 617 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED
 618 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED
 619 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED
 620 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED
 621 PAPER_B6_JIS = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS
 622 PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED
 623 PAPER_12X11 = _core_.PAPER_12X11
 624 PAPER_JENV_YOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4
 625 PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED
 626 PAPER_P16K = _core_.PAPER_P16K
 627 PAPER_P32K = _core_.PAPER_P32K
 628 PAPER_P32KBIG = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG
 629 PAPER_PENV_1 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1
 630 PAPER_PENV_2 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2
 631 PAPER_PENV_3 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3
 632 PAPER_PENV_4 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4
 633 PAPER_PENV_5 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5
 634 PAPER_PENV_6 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6
 635 PAPER_PENV_7 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7
 636 PAPER_PENV_8 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8
 637 PAPER_PENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9
 638 PAPER_PENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10
 639 PAPER_P16K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P16K_ROTATED
 640 PAPER_P32K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32K_ROTATED
 641 PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED
 642 PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED
 643 PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED
 644 PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED
 645 PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED
 646 PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED
 647 PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED
 648 PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED
 649 PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED
 650 PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED
 651 PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED
 652 DUPLEX_SIMPLEX = _core_.DUPLEX_SIMPLEX
 653 DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL = _core_.DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL
 654 DUPLEX_VERTICAL = _core_.DUPLEX_VERTICAL
 655 ITEM_SEPARATOR = _core_.ITEM_SEPARATOR
 656 ITEM_NORMAL = _core_.ITEM_NORMAL
 657 ITEM_CHECK = _core_.ITEM_CHECK
 658 ITEM_RADIO = _core_.ITEM_RADIO
 659 ITEM_MAX = _core_.ITEM_MAX
 660 HT_NOWHERE = _core_.HT_NOWHERE
 661 HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST
 662 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1
 663 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2
 664 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1
 665 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2
 666 HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB
 667 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1
 668 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2
 669 HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST
 670 HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE
 671 HT_WINDOW_INSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_INSIDE
 672 HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR
 673 HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR
 674 HT_WINDOW_CORNER = _core_.HT_WINDOW_CORNER
 675 HT_MAX = _core_.HT_MAX
 676 MOD_NONE = _core_.MOD_NONE
 677 MOD_ALT = _core_.MOD_ALT
 678 MOD_CONTROL = _core_.MOD_CONTROL
 679 MOD_ALTGR = _core_.MOD_ALTGR
 680 MOD_SHIFT = _core_.MOD_SHIFT
 681 MOD_META = _core_.MOD_META
 682 MOD_WIN = _core_.MOD_WIN
 683 MOD_CMD = _core_.MOD_CMD
 684 MOD_ALL = _core_.MOD_ALL
 685 UPDATE_UI_NONE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_NONE
 686 UPDATE_UI_RECURSE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_RECURSE
 687 UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE
 688 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 689
 690 class Object(object):
 691     """
 692     The base class for most wx objects, although in wxPython not
 693     much functionality is needed nor exposed.
 694     """
 695     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 696     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
 697     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 698     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
 699         """
 700         GetClassName(self) -> String
 701
 702         Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.
 703         """
 704         return _core_.Object_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
 705
 706     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
 707         """
 708         Destroy(self)
 709
 710         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
 711         """
 712         val = _core_.Object_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
 713         args[0].thisown = 0
 714         return val
 715
 716 _core_.Object_swigregister(Object)
 717 _wxPySetDictionary = _core_._wxPySetDictionary
 718 cvar = _core_.cvar
 719 EmptyString = cvar.EmptyString
 720
 721 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 722
 723 BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
 724 BITMAP_TYPE_BMP = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_BMP
 725 BITMAP_TYPE_ICO = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICO
 726 BITMAP_TYPE_CUR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_CUR
 727 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM
 728 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA
 729 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM
 730 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA
 731 BITMAP_TYPE_TIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_TIF
 732 BITMAP_TYPE_GIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_GIF
 733 BITMAP_TYPE_PNG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG
 734 BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
 735 BITMAP_TYPE_PNM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNM
 736 BITMAP_TYPE_PCX = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PCX
 737 BITMAP_TYPE_PICT = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PICT
 738 BITMAP_TYPE_ICON = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICON
 739 BITMAP_TYPE_ANI = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANI
 740 BITMAP_TYPE_IFF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_IFF
 741 BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR
 742 BITMAP_TYPE_ANY = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANY
 743 CURSOR_NONE = _core_.CURSOR_NONE
 744 CURSOR_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_ARROW
 745 CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW
 746 CURSOR_BULLSEYE = _core_.CURSOR_BULLSEYE
 747 CURSOR_CHAR = _core_.CURSOR_CHAR
 748 CURSOR_CROSS = _core_.CURSOR_CROSS
 749 CURSOR_HAND = _core_.CURSOR_HAND
 750 CURSOR_IBEAM = _core_.CURSOR_IBEAM
 751 CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON
 752 CURSOR_MAGNIFIER = _core_.CURSOR_MAGNIFIER
 753 CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON
 754 CURSOR_NO_ENTRY = _core_.CURSOR_NO_ENTRY
 755 CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH = _core_.CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH
 756 CURSOR_PENCIL = _core_.CURSOR_PENCIL
 757 CURSOR_POINT_LEFT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_LEFT
 758 CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT
 759 CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW
 760 CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON
 761 CURSOR_SIZENESW = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENESW
 762 CURSOR_SIZENS = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENS
 763 CURSOR_SIZENWSE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENWSE
 764 CURSOR_SIZEWE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZEWE
 765 CURSOR_SIZING = _core_.CURSOR_SIZING
 766 CURSOR_SPRAYCAN = _core_.CURSOR_SPRAYCAN
 767 CURSOR_WAIT = _core_.CURSOR_WAIT
 768 CURSOR_WATCH = _core_.CURSOR_WATCH
 769 CURSOR_BLANK = _core_.CURSOR_BLANK
 770 CURSOR_DEFAULT = _core_.CURSOR_DEFAULT
 771 CURSOR_COPY_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_COPY_ARROW
 772 CURSOR_ARROWWAIT = _core_.CURSOR_ARROWWAIT
 773 CURSOR_MAX = _core_.CURSOR_MAX
 774 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 775
 776 class Size(object):
 777     """
 778     wx.Size is a useful data structure used to represent the size of
 779     something.  It simply contains integer width and height
 780     properties.  In most places in wxPython where a wx.Size is
 781     expected a (width, height) tuple can be used instead.
 782     """
 783     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 784     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 785     width = property(_core_.Size_width_get, _core_.Size_width_set)
 786     height = property(_core_.Size_height_get, _core_.Size_height_set)
 787     x = width; y = height
 788     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 789         """
 790         __init__(self, int w=0, int h=0) -> Size
 791
 792         Creates a size object.
 793         """
 794         _core_.Size_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Size(*args, **kwargs))
 795     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Size
 796     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 797     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 798         """
 799         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 800
 801         Test for equality of wx.Size objects.
 802         """
 803         return _core_.Size___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 804
 805     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 806         """
 807         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 808
 809         Test for inequality of wx.Size objects.
 810         """
 811         return _core_.Size___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 812
 813     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 814         """
 815         __add__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 816
 817         Add sz's proprties to this and return the result.
 818         """
 819         return _core_.Size___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 820
 821     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 822         """
 823         __sub__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 824
 825         Subtract sz's properties from this and return the result.
 826         """
 827         return _core_.Size___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 828
 829     def IncTo(*args, **kwargs):
 830         """
 831         IncTo(self, Size sz)
 832
 833         Increments this object so that both of its dimensions are not less
 834         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 835         """
 836         return _core_.Size_IncTo(*args, **kwargs)
 837
 838     def DecTo(*args, **kwargs):
 839         """
 840         DecTo(self, Size sz)
 841
 842         Decrements this object so that both of its dimensions are not greater
 843         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 844         """
 845         return _core_.Size_DecTo(*args, **kwargs)
 846
 847     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 848         """
 849         Set(self, int w, int h)
 850
 851         Set both width and height.
 852         """
 853         return _core_.Size_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 854
 855     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 856         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
 857         return _core_.Size_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 858
 859     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 860         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
 861         return _core_.Size_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 862
 863     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 864         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
 865         return _core_.Size_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 866
 867     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 868         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
 869         return _core_.Size_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 870
 871     def IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs):
 872         """
 873         IsFullySpecified(self) -> bool
 874
 875         Returns True if both components of the size are non-default values.
 876         """
 877         return _core_.Size_IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs)
 878
 879     def SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs):
 880         """
 881         SetDefaults(self, Size size)
 882
 883         Combine this size with the other one replacing the default components
 884         of this object (i.e. equal to -1) with those of the other.
 885         """
 886         return _core_.Size_SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs)
 887
 888     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 889         """
 890         Get() -> (width,height)
 891
 892         Returns the width and height properties as a tuple.
 893         """
 894         return _core_.Size_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 895
 896     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 897     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 898     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Size'+str(self.Get())
 899     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 900     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 901     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 902         if index == 0: self.width = val
 903         elif index == 1: self.height = val
 904         else: raise IndexError
 905     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
 906     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
 907     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Size, self.Get())
 908
 909 _core_.Size_swigregister(Size)
 910
 911 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 912
 913 class RealPoint(object):
 914     """
 915     A data structure for representing a point or position with floating
 916     point x and y properties.  In wxPython most places that expect a
 917     wx.RealPoint can also accept a (x,y) tuple.
 918     """
 919     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 920     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 921     x = property(_core_.RealPoint_x_get, _core_.RealPoint_x_set)
 922     y = property(_core_.RealPoint_y_get, _core_.RealPoint_y_set)
 923     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 924         """
 925         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> RealPoint
 926
 927         Create a wx.RealPoint object
 928         """
 929         _core_.RealPoint_swiginit(self,_core_.new_RealPoint(*args, **kwargs))
 930     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_RealPoint
 931     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 932     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 933         """
 934         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 935
 936         Test for equality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 937         """
 938         return _core_.RealPoint___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 939
 940     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 941         """
 942         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 943
 944         Test for inequality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 945         """
 946         return _core_.RealPoint___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 947
 948     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 949         """
 950         __add__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 951
 952         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
 953         """
 954         return _core_.RealPoint___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 955
 956     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 957         """
 958         __sub__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 959
 960         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
 961         """
 962         return _core_.RealPoint___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 963
 964     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 965         """
 966         Set(self, double x, double y)
 967
 968         Set both the x and y properties
 969         """
 970         return _core_.RealPoint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 971
 972     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 973         """
 974         Get() -> (x,y)
 975
 976         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
 977         """
 978         return _core_.RealPoint_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 979
 980     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 981     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 982     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.RealPoint'+str(self.Get())
 983     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 984     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 985     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 986         if index == 0: self.x = val
 987         elif index == 1: self.y = val
 988         else: raise IndexError
 989     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
 990     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
 991     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.RealPoint, self.Get())
 992
 993 _core_.RealPoint_swigregister(RealPoint)
 994
 995 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 996
 997 class Point(object):
 998     """
 999     A data structure for representing a point or position with integer x
1000     and y properties.  Most places in wxPython that expect a wx.Point can
1001     also accept a (x,y) tuple.
1002     """
1003     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1004     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1005     x = property(_core_.Point_x_get, _core_.Point_x_set)
1006     y = property(_core_.Point_y_get, _core_.Point_y_set)
1007     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1008         """
1009         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> Point
1010
1011         Create a wx.Point object
1012         """
1013         _core_.Point_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point(*args, **kwargs))
1014     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Point
1015     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1016     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1017         """
1018         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1019
1020         Test for equality of wx.Point objects.
1021         """
1022         return _core_.Point___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1023
1024     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1025         """
1026         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1027
1028         Test for inequality of wx.Point objects.
1029         """
1030         return _core_.Point___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1031
1032     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1033         """
1034         __add__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1035
1036         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
1037         """
1038         return _core_.Point___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1039
1040     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
1041         """
1042         __sub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1043
1044         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
1045         """
1046         return _core_.Point___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
1047
1048     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1049         """
1050         __iadd__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1051
1052         Add pt to this object.
1053         """
1054         return _core_.Point___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1055
1056     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1057         """
1058         __isub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1059
1060         Subtract pt from this object.
1061         """
1062         return _core_.Point___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1063
1064     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1065         """
1066         Set(self, long x, long y)
1067
1068         Set both the x and y properties
1069         """
1070         return _core_.Point_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1071
1072     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1073         """
1074         Get() -> (x,y)
1075
1076         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
1077         """
1078         return _core_.Point_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1079
1080     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1081     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1082     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point'+str(self.Get())
1083     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1084     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1085     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1086         if index == 0: self.x = val
1087         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1088         else: raise IndexError
1089     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
1090     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1091     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point, self.Get())
1092
1093 _core_.Point_swigregister(Point)
1094
1095 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1096
1097 class Rect(object):
1098     """
1099     A class for representing and manipulating rectangles.  It has x, y,
1100     width and height properties.  In wxPython most palces that expect a
1101     wx.Rect can also accept a (x,y,width,height) tuple.
1102     """
1103     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1104     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1105     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1106         """
1107         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) -> Rect
1108
1109         Create a new Rect object.
1110         """
1111         _core_.Rect_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Rect(*args, **kwargs))
1112     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Rect
1113     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1114     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
1115         """GetX(self) -> int"""
1116         return _core_.Rect_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
1117
1118     def SetX(*args, **kwargs):
1119         """SetX(self, int x)"""
1120         return _core_.Rect_SetX(*args, **kwargs)
1121
1122     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
1123         """GetY(self) -> int"""
1124         return _core_.Rect_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
1125
1126     def SetY(*args, **kwargs):
1127         """SetY(self, int y)"""
1128         return _core_.Rect_SetY(*args, **kwargs)
1129
1130     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1131         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
1132         return _core_.Rect_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1133
1134     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1135         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
1136         return _core_.Rect_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1137
1138     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1139         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
1140         return _core_.Rect_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1141
1142     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1143         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
1144         return _core_.Rect_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1145
1146     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1147         """GetPosition(self) -> Point"""
1148         return _core_.Rect_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1149
1150     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1151         """SetPosition(self, Point p)"""
1152         return _core_.Rect_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1153
1154     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1155         """GetSize(self) -> Size"""
1156         return _core_.Rect_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1157
1158     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1159         """SetSize(self, Size s)"""
1160         return _core_.Rect_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1161
1162     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
1163         """IsEmpty(self) -> bool"""
1164         return _core_.Rect_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
1165
1166     def GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1167         """GetTopLeft(self) -> Point"""
1168         return _core_.Rect_GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1169
1170     def SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1171         """SetTopLeft(self, Point p)"""
1172         return _core_.Rect_SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1173
1174     def GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1175         """GetBottomRight(self) -> Point"""
1176         return _core_.Rect_GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1177
1178     def SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1179         """SetBottomRight(self, Point p)"""
1180         return _core_.Rect_SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1181
1182     def GetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1183         """GetLeft(self) -> int"""
1184         return _core_.Rect_GetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1185
1186     def GetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1187         """GetTop(self) -> int"""
1188         return _core_.Rect_GetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1189
1190     def GetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1191         """GetBottom(self) -> int"""
1192         return _core_.Rect_GetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1193
1194     def GetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1195         """GetRight(self) -> int"""
1196         return _core_.Rect_GetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1197
1198     def SetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1199         """SetLeft(self, int left)"""
1200         return _core_.Rect_SetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1201
1202     def SetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1203         """SetRight(self, int right)"""
1204         return _core_.Rect_SetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1205
1206     def SetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1207         """SetTop(self, int top)"""
1208         return _core_.Rect_SetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1209
1210     def SetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1211         """SetBottom(self, int bottom)"""
1212         return _core_.Rect_SetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1213
1214     position = property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
1215     size = property(GetSize, SetSize)
1216     left = property(GetLeft, SetLeft)
1217     right = property(GetRight, SetRight)
1218     top = property(GetTop, SetTop)
1219     bottom = property(GetBottom, SetBottom)
1220
1221     def Inflate(*args, **kwargs):
1222         """
1223         Inflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1224
1225         Increases the size of the rectangle.
1226
1227         The left border is moved farther left and the right border is moved
1228         farther right by ``dx``. The upper border is moved farther up and the
1229         bottom border is moved farther down by ``dy``. (Note the the width and
1230         height of the rectangle thus change by ``2*dx`` and ``2*dy``,
1231         respectively.) If one or both of ``dx`` and ``dy`` are negative, the
1232         opposite happens: the rectangle size decreases in the respective
1233         direction.
1234
1235         The change is made to the rectangle inplace, if instead you need a
1236         copy that is inflated, preserving the original then make the copy
1237         first::
1238
1239             copy = wx.Rect(*original)
1240             copy.Inflate(10,15)
1241
1242
1243         """
1244         return _core_.Rect_Inflate(*args, **kwargs)
1245
1246     def Deflate(*args, **kwargs):
1247         """
1248         Deflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1249
1250         Decrease the rectangle size. This method is the opposite of `Inflate`
1251         in that Deflate(a,b) is equivalent to Inflate(-a,-b).  Please refer to
1252         `Inflate` for a full description.
1253         """
1254         return _core_.Rect_Deflate(*args, **kwargs)
1255
1256     def OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs):
1257         """
1258         OffsetXY(self, int dx, int dy)
1259
1260         Moves the rectangle by the specified offset. If dx is positive, the
1261         rectangle is moved to the right, if dy is positive, it is moved to the
1262         bottom, otherwise it is moved to the left or top respectively.
1263         """
1264         return _core_.Rect_OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs)
1265
1266     def Offset(*args, **kwargs):
1267         """
1268         Offset(self, Point pt)
1269
1270         Same as `OffsetXY` but uses dx,dy from Point
1271         """
1272         return _core_.Rect_Offset(*args, **kwargs)
1273
1274     def Intersect(*args, **kwargs):
1275         """
1276         Intersect(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1277
1278         Returns the intersectsion of this rectangle and rect.
1279         """
1280         return _core_.Rect_Intersect(*args, **kwargs)
1281
1282     def Union(*args, **kwargs):
1283         """
1284         Union(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1285
1286         Returns the union of this rectangle and rect.
1287         """
1288         return _core_.Rect_Union(*args, **kwargs)
1289
1290     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1291         """
1292         __add__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1293
1294         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle and return the result.
1295         """
1296         return _core_.Rect___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1297
1298     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1299         """
1300         __iadd__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1301
1302         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle, updating this rectangle.
1303         """
1304         return _core_.Rect___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1305
1306     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1307         """
1308         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1309
1310         Test for equality of wx.Rect objects.
1311         """
1312         return _core_.Rect___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1313
1314     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1315         """
1316         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1317
1318         Test for inequality of wx.Rect objects.
1319         """
1320         return _core_.Rect___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1321
1322     def InsideXY(*args, **kwargs):
1323         """
1324         InsideXY(self, int x, int y) -> bool
1325
1326         Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect.
1327         """
1328         return _core_.Rect_InsideXY(*args, **kwargs)
1329
1330     def Inside(*args, **kwargs):
1331         """
1332         Inside(self, Point pt) -> bool
1333
1334         Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect.
1335         """
1336         return _core_.Rect_Inside(*args, **kwargs)
1337
1338     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
1339         """
1340         Intersects(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1341
1342         Returns True if the rectangles have a non empty intersection.
1343         """
1344         return _core_.Rect_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
1345
1346     def CenterIn(*args, **kwargs):
1347         """
1348         CenterIn(self, Rect r, int dir=BOTH) -> Rect
1349
1350         Center this rectangle within the one passed to the method, which is
1351         usually, but not necessarily, the larger one.
1352         """
1353         return _core_.Rect_CenterIn(*args, **kwargs)
1354
1355     CentreIn = CenterIn
1356     x = property(_core_.Rect_x_get, _core_.Rect_x_set)
1357     y = property(_core_.Rect_y_get, _core_.Rect_y_set)
1358     width = property(_core_.Rect_width_get, _core_.Rect_width_set)
1359     height = property(_core_.Rect_height_get, _core_.Rect_height_set)
1360     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1361         """
1362         Set(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0)
1363
1364         Set all rectangle properties.
1365         """
1366         return _core_.Rect_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1367
1368     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1369         """
1370         Get() -> (x,y,width,height)
1371
1372         Return the rectangle properties as a tuple.
1373         """
1374         return _core_.Rect_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1375
1376     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1377     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1378     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Rect'+str(self.Get())
1379     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1380     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1381     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1382         if index == 0: self.x = val
1383         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1384         elif index == 2: self.width = val
1385         elif index == 3: self.height = val
1386         else: raise IndexError
1387     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0,0,0)
1388     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1389     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Rect, self.Get())
1390
1391 _core_.Rect_swigregister(Rect)
1392
1393 def RectPP(*args, **kwargs):
1394     """
1395     RectPP(Point topLeft, Point bottomRight) -> Rect
1396
1397     Create a new Rect object from Points representing two corners.
1398     """
1399     val = _core_.new_RectPP(*args, **kwargs)
1400     return val
1401
1402 def RectPS(*args, **kwargs):
1403     """
1404     RectPS(Point pos, Size size) -> Rect
1405
1406     Create a new Rect from a position and size.
1407     """
1408     val = _core_.new_RectPS(*args, **kwargs)
1409     return val
1410
1411 def RectS(*args, **kwargs):
1412     """
1413     RectS(Size size) -> Rect
1414
1415     Create a new Rect from a size only.
1416     """
1417     val = _core_.new_RectS(*args, **kwargs)
1418     return val
1419
1420
1421 def IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs):
1422   """
1423     IntersectRect(Rect r1, Rect r2) -> Rect
1424
1425     Calculate and return the intersection of r1 and r2.
1426     """
1427   return _core_.IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs)
1428 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1429
1430 class Point2D(object):
1431     """
1432     wx.Point2Ds represent a point or a vector in a 2d coordinate system
1433     with floating point values.
1434     """
1435     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1436     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1437     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1438         """
1439         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> Point2D
1440
1441         Create a w.Point2D object.
1442         """
1443         _core_.Point2D_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point2D(*args, **kwargs))
1444     def GetFloor(*args, **kwargs):
1445         """
1446         GetFloor() -> (x,y)
1447
1448         Convert to integer
1449         """
1450         return _core_.Point2D_GetFloor(*args, **kwargs)
1451
1452     def GetRounded(*args, **kwargs):
1453         """
1454         GetRounded() -> (x,y)
1455
1456         Convert to integer
1457         """
1458         return _core_.Point2D_GetRounded(*args, **kwargs)
1459
1460     def GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1461         """GetVectorLength(self) -> double"""
1462         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1463
1464     def GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1465         """GetVectorAngle(self) -> double"""
1466         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1467
1468     def SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1469         """SetVectorLength(self, double length)"""
1470         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1471
1472     def SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1473         """SetVectorAngle(self, double degrees)"""
1474         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1475
1476     def SetPolarCoordinates(self, angle, length):
1477         self.SetVectorLength(length)
1478         self.SetVectorAngle(angle)
1479     def Normalize(self):
1480         self.SetVectorLength(1.0)
1481
1482     def GetDistance(*args, **kwargs):
1483         """GetDistance(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1484         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistance(*args, **kwargs)
1485
1486     def GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs):
1487         """GetDistanceSquare(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1488         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs)
1489
1490     def GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1491         """GetDotProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1492         return _core_.Point2D_GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1493
1494     def GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1495         """GetCrossProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1496         return _core_.Point2D_GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1497
1498     def __neg__(*args, **kwargs):
1499         """
1500         __neg__(self) -> Point2D
1501
1502         the reflection of this point
1503         """
1504         return _core_.Point2D___neg__(*args, **kwargs)
1505
1506     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1507         """__iadd__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1508         return _core_.Point2D___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1509
1510     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1511         """__isub__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1512         return _core_.Point2D___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1513
1514     def __imul__(*args, **kwargs):
1515         """__imul__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1516         return _core_.Point2D___imul__(*args, **kwargs)
1517
1518     def __idiv__(*args, **kwargs):
1519         """__idiv__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1520         return _core_.Point2D___idiv__(*args, **kwargs)
1521
1522     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1523         """
1524         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1525
1526         Test for equality of wx.Point2D objects.
1527         """
1528         return _core_.Point2D___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1529
1530     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1531         """
1532         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1533
1534         Test for inequality of wx.Point2D objects.
1535         """
1536         return _core_.Point2D___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1537
1538     x = property(_core_.Point2D_x_get, _core_.Point2D_x_set)
1539     y = property(_core_.Point2D_y_get, _core_.Point2D_y_set)
1540     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1541         """Set(self, double x=0, double y=0)"""
1542         return _core_.Point2D_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1543
1544     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1545         """
1546         Get() -> (x,y)
1547
1548         Return x and y properties as a tuple.
1549         """
1550         return _core_.Point2D_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1551
1552     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1553     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1554     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point2D'+str(self.Get())
1555     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1556     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1557     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1558         if index == 0: self.x = val
1559         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1560         else: raise IndexError
1561     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1562     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1563     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point2D, self.Get())
1564
1565 _core_.Point2D_swigregister(Point2D)
1566
1567 def Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs):
1568     """
1569     Point2DCopy(Point2D pt) -> Point2D
1570
1571     Create a w.Point2D object.
1572     """
1573     val = _core_.new_Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs)
1574     return val
1575
1576 def Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs):
1577     """
1578     Point2DFromPoint(Point pt) -> Point2D
1579
1580     Create a w.Point2D object.
1581     """
1582     val = _core_.new_Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs)
1583     return val
1584
1585 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1586
1587 FromStart = _core_.FromStart
1588 FromCurrent = _core_.FromCurrent
1589 FromEnd = _core_.FromEnd
1590 class InputStream(object):
1591     """Proxy of C++ InputStream class"""
1592     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1593     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1594     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1595         """__init__(self, PyObject p) -> InputStream"""
1596         _core_.InputStream_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InputStream(*args, **kwargs))
1597     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_InputStream
1598     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1599     def close(*args, **kwargs):
1600         """close(self)"""
1601         return _core_.InputStream_close(*args, **kwargs)
1602
1603     def flush(*args, **kwargs):
1604         """flush(self)"""
1605         return _core_.InputStream_flush(*args, **kwargs)
1606
1607     def eof(*args, **kwargs):
1608         """eof(self) -> bool"""
1609         return _core_.InputStream_eof(*args, **kwargs)
1610
1611     def read(*args, **kwargs):
1612         """read(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1613         return _core_.InputStream_read(*args, **kwargs)
1614
1615     def readline(*args, **kwargs):
1616         """readline(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1617         return _core_.InputStream_readline(*args, **kwargs)
1618
1619     def readlines(*args, **kwargs):
1620         """readlines(self, int sizehint=-1) -> PyObject"""
1621         return _core_.InputStream_readlines(*args, **kwargs)
1622
1623     def seek(*args, **kwargs):
1624         """seek(self, int offset, int whence=0)"""
1625         return _core_.InputStream_seek(*args, **kwargs)
1626
1627     def tell(*args, **kwargs):
1628         """tell(self) -> int"""
1629         return _core_.InputStream_tell(*args, **kwargs)
1630
1631     def Peek(*args, **kwargs):
1632         """Peek(self) -> char"""
1633         return _core_.InputStream_Peek(*args, **kwargs)
1634
1635     def GetC(*args, **kwargs):
1636         """GetC(self) -> char"""
1637         return _core_.InputStream_GetC(*args, **kwargs)
1638
1639     def LastRead(*args, **kwargs):
1640         """LastRead(self) -> size_t"""
1641         return _core_.InputStream_LastRead(*args, **kwargs)
1642
1643     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
1644         """CanRead(self) -> bool"""
1645         return _core_.InputStream_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
1646
1647     def Eof(*args, **kwargs):
1648         """Eof(self) -> bool"""
1649         return _core_.InputStream_Eof(*args, **kwargs)
1650
1651     def Ungetch(*args, **kwargs):
1652         """Ungetch(self, char c) -> bool"""
1653         return _core_.InputStream_Ungetch(*args, **kwargs)
1654
1655     def SeekI(*args, **kwargs):
1656         """SeekI(self, long pos, int mode=FromStart) -> long"""
1657         return _core_.InputStream_SeekI(*args, **kwargs)
1658
1659     def TellI(*args, **kwargs):
1660         """TellI(self) -> long"""
1661         return _core_.InputStream_TellI(*args, **kwargs)
1662
1663 _core_.InputStream_swigregister(InputStream)
1664 DefaultPosition = cvar.DefaultPosition
1665 DefaultSize = cvar.DefaultSize
1666
1667 class OutputStream(object):
1668     """Proxy of C++ OutputStream class"""
1669     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1670     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1671     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1672     def write(*args, **kwargs):
1673         """write(self, PyObject obj)"""
1674         return _core_.OutputStream_write(*args, **kwargs)
1675
1676     def LastWrite(*args, **kwargs):
1677         """LastWrite(self) -> size_t"""
1678         return _core_.OutputStream_LastWrite(*args, **kwargs)
1679
1680 _core_.OutputStream_swigregister(OutputStream)
1681
1682 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1683
1684 class FSFile(Object):
1685     """Proxy of C++ FSFile class"""
1686     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1687     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1688     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1689         """
1690         __init__(self, InputStream stream, String loc, String mimetype, String anchor,
1691             DateTime modif) -> FSFile
1692         """
1693         _core_.FSFile_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FSFile(*args, **kwargs))
1694     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FSFile
1695     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1696     def GetStream(*args, **kwargs):
1697         """GetStream(self) -> InputStream"""
1698         return _core_.FSFile_GetStream(*args, **kwargs)
1699
1700     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
1701         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
1702         return _core_.FSFile_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
1703
1704     def GetLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1705         """GetLocation(self) -> String"""
1706         return _core_.FSFile_GetLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1707
1708     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1709         """GetAnchor(self) -> String"""
1710         return _core_.FSFile_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1711
1712     def GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs):
1713         """GetModificationTime(self) -> DateTime"""
1714         return _core_.FSFile_GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs)
1715
1716 _core_.FSFile_swigregister(FSFile)
1717
1718 class CPPFileSystemHandler(object):
1719     """Proxy of C++ CPPFileSystemHandler class"""
1720     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1721     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1722     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1723     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_CPPFileSystemHandler
1724     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1725 _core_.CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister(CPPFileSystemHandler)
1726
1727 class FileSystemHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1728     """Proxy of C++ FileSystemHandler class"""
1729     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1730     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1731     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1732         """__init__(self) -> FileSystemHandler"""
1733         _core_.FileSystemHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystemHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1734         self._setCallbackInfo(self, FileSystemHandler)
1735
1736     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
1737         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
1738         return _core_.FileSystemHandler__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
1739
1740     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1741         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1742         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1743
1744     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1745         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1746         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1747
1748     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1749         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1750         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1751
1752     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1753         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1754         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1755
1756     def GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs):
1757         """GetProtocol(self, String location) -> String"""
1758         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs)
1759
1760     def GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1761         """GetLeftLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1762         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1763
1764     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1765         """GetAnchor(self, String location) -> String"""
1766         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1767
1768     def GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1769         """GetRightLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1770         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1771
1772     def GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs):
1773         """GetMimeTypeFromExt(self, String location) -> String"""
1774         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs)
1775
1776 _core_.FileSystemHandler_swigregister(FileSystemHandler)
1777
1778 class FileSystem(Object):
1779     """Proxy of C++ FileSystem class"""
1780     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1781     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1782     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1783         """__init__(self) -> FileSystem"""
1784         _core_.FileSystem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystem(*args, **kwargs))
1785     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FileSystem
1786     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1787     def ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs):
1788         """ChangePathTo(self, String location, bool is_dir=False)"""
1789         return _core_.FileSystem_ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs)
1790
1791     def GetPath(*args, **kwargs):
1792         """GetPath(self) -> String"""
1793         return _core_.FileSystem_GetPath(*args, **kwargs)
1794
1795     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1796         """OpenFile(self, String location) -> FSFile"""
1797         return _core_.FileSystem_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1798
1799     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1800         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1801         return _core_.FileSystem_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1802
1803     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1804         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1805         return _core_.FileSystem_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1806
1807     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1808         """AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1809         return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1810
1811     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
1812     def CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
1813         """CleanUpHandlers()"""
1814         return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
1815
1816     CleanUpHandlers = staticmethod(CleanUpHandlers)
1817     def FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1818         """FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1819         return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1820
1821     FileNameToURL = staticmethod(FileNameToURL)
1822     def URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1823         """URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1824         return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1825
1826     URLToFileName = staticmethod(URLToFileName)
1827 _core_.FileSystem_swigregister(FileSystem)
1828
1829 def FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1830   """FileSystem_AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1831   return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1832
1833 def FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args):
1834   """FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers()"""
1835   return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args)
1836
1837 def FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1838   """FileSystem_FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1839   return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1840
1841 def FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1842   """FileSystem_URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1843   return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1844
1845 class InternetFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1846     """Proxy of C++ InternetFSHandler class"""
1847     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1848     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1849     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1850         """__init__(self) -> InternetFSHandler"""
1851         _core_.InternetFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InternetFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1852     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1853         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1854         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1855
1856     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1857         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1858         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1859
1860 _core_.InternetFSHandler_swigregister(InternetFSHandler)
1861
1862 class ZipFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1863     """Proxy of C++ ZipFSHandler class"""
1864     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1865     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1866     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1867         """__init__(self) -> ZipFSHandler"""
1868         _core_.ZipFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ZipFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1869     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1870         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1871         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1872
1873     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1874         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1875         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1876
1877     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1878         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1879         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1880
1881     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1882         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1883         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1884
1885 _core_.ZipFSHandler_swigregister(ZipFSHandler)
1886
1887
1888 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs):
1889   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(String filename, Image image, long type)"""
1890   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs)
1891
1892 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
1893   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(String filename, Bitmap bitmap, long type)"""
1894   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
1895
1896 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs):
1897   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(String filename, PyObject data)"""
1898   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs)
1899 def MemoryFSHandler_AddFile(filename, dataItem, imgType=-1):
1900     """
1901     Add 'file' to the memory filesystem.  The dataItem parameter can
1902     either be a `wx.Bitmap`, `wx.Image` or a string that can contain
1903     arbitrary data.  If a bitmap or image is used then the imgType
1904     parameter should specify what kind of image file it should be
1905     written as, wx.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG, etc.
1906     """
1907     if isinstance(dataItem, wx.Image):
1908         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(filename, dataItem, imgType)
1909     elif isinstance(dataItem, wx.Bitmap):
1910         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(filename, dataItem, imgType)
1911     elif type(dataItem) == str:
1912         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(filename, dataItem)
1913     else:
1914         raise TypeError, 'wx.Image, wx.Bitmap or string expected'
1915
1916 class MemoryFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1917     """Proxy of C++ MemoryFSHandler class"""
1918     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1919     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1920     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1921         """__init__(self) -> MemoryFSHandler"""
1922         _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MemoryFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1923     def RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
1924         """RemoveFile(String filename)"""
1925         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
1926
1927     RemoveFile = staticmethod(RemoveFile)
1928     AddFile = staticmethod(MemoryFSHandler_AddFile)
1929     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1930         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1931         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1932
1933     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1934         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1935         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1936
1937     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1938         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1939         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1940
1941     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1942         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1943         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1944
1945 _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swigregister(MemoryFSHandler)
1946
1947 def MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
1948   """MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(String filename)"""
1949   return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
1950
1951 IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT
1952 IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD
1953 IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE
1954 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1955
1956 class ImageHandler(Object):
1957     """
1958     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
1959     image creation from data. It is used within `wx.Image` and is not
1960     normally seen by the application.
1961     """
1962     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1963     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1964     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1965     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
1966         """GetName(self) -> String"""
1967         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
1968
1969     def GetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
1970         """GetExtension(self) -> String"""
1971         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
1972
1973     def GetType(*args, **kwargs):
1974         """GetType(self) -> long"""
1975         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetType(*args, **kwargs)
1976
1977     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
1978         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
1979         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
1980
1981     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
1982         """CanRead(self, String name) -> bool"""
1983         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
1984
1985     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
1986         """SetName(self, String name)"""
1987         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
1988
1989     def SetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
1990         """SetExtension(self, String extension)"""
1991         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
1992
1993     def SetType(*args, **kwargs):
1994         """SetType(self, long type)"""
1995         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetType(*args, **kwargs)
1996
1997     def SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
1998         """SetMimeType(self, String mimetype)"""
1999         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2000
2001 _core_.ImageHandler_swigregister(ImageHandler)
2002
2003 class PyImageHandler(ImageHandler):
2004     """
2005     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2006     image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2007     image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2008     the following methods::
2009
2010         def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2011             '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2012
2013         def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2014             '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2015
2016         def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2017             '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2018                this handler's image file format.'''
2019
2020         def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2021             '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2022                how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2023
2024     To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2025     `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2026     `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2027
2028     """
2029     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2030     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2031     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2032         """
2033         __init__(self) -> PyImageHandler
2034
2035         This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2036         image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2037         image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2038         the following methods::
2039
2040             def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2041                 '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2042
2043             def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2044                 '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2045
2046             def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2047                 '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2048                    this handler's image file format.'''
2049
2050             def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2051                 '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2052                    how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2053
2054         To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2055         `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2056         `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2057
2058         """
2059         _core_.PyImageHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyImageHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2060         self._SetSelf(self)
2061
2062     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
2063         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
2064         return _core_.PyImageHandler__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
2065
2066 _core_.PyImageHandler_swigregister(PyImageHandler)
2067
2068 class ImageHistogram(object):
2069     """Proxy of C++ ImageHistogram class"""
2070     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2071     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2072     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2073         """__init__(self) -> ImageHistogram"""
2074         _core_.ImageHistogram_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ImageHistogram(*args, **kwargs))
2075     def MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2076         """
2077         MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2078
2079         Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2080         """
2081         return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2082
2083     MakeKey = staticmethod(MakeKey)
2084     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2085         """
2086         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2087
2088         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2089         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2090         success flag and rgb values.
2091         """
2092         return _core_.ImageHistogram_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2093
2094     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
2095         """
2096         GetCount(self, unsigned long key) -> unsigned long
2097
2098         Returns the pixel count for the given key.  Use `MakeKey` to create a
2099         key value from a RGB tripple.
2100         """
2101         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
2102
2103     def GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2104         """
2105         GetCountRGB(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2106
2107         Returns the pixel count for the given RGB values.
2108         """
2109         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2110
2111     def GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs):
2112         """
2113         GetCountColour(self, Colour colour) -> unsigned long
2114
2115         Returns the pixel count for the given `wx.Colour` value.
2116         """
2117         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs)
2118
2119 _core_.ImageHistogram_swigregister(ImageHistogram)
2120
2121 def ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2122   """
2123     ImageHistogram_MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2124
2125     Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2126     """
2127   return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2128
2129 class Image_RGBValue(object):
2130     """
2131     An object that contains values for red, green and blue which represent
2132     the value of a color. It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2133     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which converts between HSV color space and RGB
2134     color space.
2135     """
2136     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2137     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2138     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2139         """
2140         __init__(self, byte r=0, byte g=0, byte b=0) -> Image_RGBValue
2141
2142         Constructor.
2143         """
2144         _core_.Image_RGBValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_RGBValue(*args, **kwargs))
2145     red = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_red_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_red_set)
2146     green = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_green_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_green_set)
2147     blue = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_set)
2148 _core_.Image_RGBValue_swigregister(Image_RGBValue)
2149
2150 class Image_HSVValue(object):
2151     """
2152     An object that contains values for hue, saturation and value which
2153     represent the value of a color.  It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2154     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which +converts between HSV color space and RGB
2155     color space.
2156     """
2157     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2158     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2159     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2160         """
2161         __init__(self, double h=0.0, double s=0.0, double v=0.0) -> Image_HSVValue
2162
2163         Constructor.
2164         """
2165         _core_.Image_HSVValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_HSVValue(*args, **kwargs))
2166     hue = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_set)
2167     saturation = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_set)
2168     value = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_value_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_value_set)
2169 _core_.Image_HSVValue_swigregister(Image_HSVValue)
2170
2171 class Image(Object):
2172     """
2173     A platform-independent image class.  An image can be created from
2174     data, or using `wx.Bitmap.ConvertToImage`, or loaded from a file in a
2175     variety of formats.  Functions are available to set and get image
2176     bits, so it can be used for basic image manipulation.
2177
2178     A wx.Image cannot be drawn directly to a `wx.DC`.  Instead, a
2179     platform-specific `wx.Bitmap` object must be created from it using the
2180     `wx.BitmapFromImage` constructor. This bitmap can then be drawn in a
2181     device context, using `wx.DC.DrawBitmap`.
2182
2183     One colour value of the image may be used as a mask colour which will
2184     lead to the automatic creation of a `wx.Mask` object associated to the
2185     bitmap object.
2186
2187     wx.Image supports alpha channel data, that is in addition to a byte
2188     for the red, green and blue colour components for each pixel it also
2189     stores a byte representing the pixel opacity. An alpha value of 0
2190     corresponds to a transparent pixel (null opacity) while a value of 255
2191     means that the pixel is 100% opaque.
2192
2193     Unlike RGB data, not all images have an alpha channel and before using
2194     `GetAlpha` you should check if this image contains an alpha channel
2195     with `HasAlpha`. Note that currently only images loaded from PNG files
2196     with transparency information will have an alpha channel.
2197     """
2198     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2199     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2200     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2201         """
2202         __init__(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2203
2204         Loads an image from a file.
2205         """
2206         _core_.Image_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image(*args, **kwargs))
2207     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Image
2208     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2209     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
2210         """
2211         Create(self, int width, int height, bool clear=True)
2212
2213         Creates a fresh image.  If clear is ``True``, the new image will be
2214         initialized to black. Otherwise, the image data will be uninitialized.
2215         """
2216         return _core_.Image_Create(*args, **kwargs)
2217
2218     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
2219         """
2220         Destroy(self)
2221
2222         Destroys the image data.
2223         """
2224         val = _core_.Image_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
2225         args[0].thisown = 0
2226         return val
2227
2228     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
2229         """
2230         Scale(self, int width, int height) -> Image
2231
2232         Returns a scaled version of the image. This is also useful for scaling
2233         bitmaps in general as the only other way to scale bitmaps is to blit a
2234         `wx.MemoryDC` into another `wx.MemoryDC`.
2235         """
2236         return _core_.Image_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
2237
2238     def ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs):
2239         """
2240         ShrinkBy(self, int xFactor, int yFactor) -> Image
2241
2242         Return a version of the image scaled smaller by the given factors.
2243         """
2244         return _core_.Image_ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs)
2245
2246     def Rescale(*args, **kwargs):
2247         """
2248         Rescale(self, int width, int height) -> Image
2249
2250         Changes the size of the image in-place by scaling it: after a call to
2251         this function, the image will have the given width and height.
2252
2253         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2254         """
2255         return _core_.Image_Rescale(*args, **kwargs)
2256
2257     def Resize(*args, **kwargs):
2258         """
2259         Resize(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2260
2261         Changes the size of the image in-place without scaling it, by adding
2262         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2263         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2264         colour at the position pos relative to the upper left of the new
2265         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2266         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2267         newly exposed areas.
2268
2269         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2270         """
2271         return _core_.Image_Resize(*args, **kwargs)
2272
2273     def SetRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2274         """
2275         SetRGB(self, int x, int y, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2276
2277         Sets the pixel at the given coordinate. This routine performs
2278         bounds-checks for the coordinate so it can be considered a safe way to
2279         manipulate the data, but in some cases this might be too slow so that
2280         the data will have to be set directly. In that case you will have to
2281         get access to the image data using the `GetData` method.
2282         """
2283         return _core_.Image_SetRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2284
2285     def SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs):
2286         """
2287         SetRGBRect(self, Rect rect, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2288
2289         Sets the colour of the pixels within the given rectangle. This routine
2290         performs bounds-checks for the rectangle so it can be considered a
2291         safe way to manipulate the data.
2292         """
2293         return _core_.Image_SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs)
2294
2295     def GetRed(*args, **kwargs):
2296         """
2297         GetRed(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2298
2299         Returns the red intensity at the given coordinate.
2300         """
2301         return _core_.Image_GetRed(*args, **kwargs)
2302
2303     def GetGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2304         """
2305         GetGreen(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2306
2307         Returns the green intensity at the given coordinate.
2308         """
2309         return _core_.Image_GetGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2310
2311     def GetBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2312         """
2313         GetBlue(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2314
2315         Returns the blue intensity at the given coordinate.
2316         """
2317         return _core_.Image_GetBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2318
2319     def SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2320         """
2321         SetAlpha(self, int x, int y, byte alpha)
2322
2323         Sets the alpha value for the given pixel. This function should only be
2324         called if the image has alpha channel data, use `HasAlpha` to check
2325         for this.
2326         """
2327         return _core_.Image_SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2328
2329     def GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2330         """
2331         GetAlpha(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2332
2333         Returns the alpha value for the given pixel. This function may only be
2334         called for the images with alpha channel, use `HasAlpha` to check for
2335         this.
2336
2337         The returned value is the *opacity* of the image, i.e. the value of 0
2338         corresponds to the fully transparent pixels while the value of 255 to
2339         the fully opaque pixels.
2340         """
2341         return _core_.Image_GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2342
2343     def HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2344         """
2345         HasAlpha(self) -> bool
2346
2347         Returns true if this image has alpha channel, false otherwise.
2348         """
2349         return _core_.Image_HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2350
2351     def InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2352         """
2353         InitAlpha(self)
2354
2355         Initializes the image alpha channel data. It is an error to call it if
2356         the image already has alpha data. If it doesn't, alpha data will be by
2357         default initialized to all pixels being fully opaque. But if the image
2358         has a a mask colour, all mask pixels will be completely transparent.
2359         """
2360         return _core_.Image_InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2361
2362     def IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
2363         """
2364         IsTransparent(self, int x, int y, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2365
2366         Returns ``True`` if this pixel is masked or has an alpha value less
2367         than the spcified threshold.
2368         """
2369         return _core_.Image_IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
2370
2371     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2372         """
2373         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2374
2375         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2376         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2377         success flag and rgb values.
2378         """
2379         return _core_.Image_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2380
2381     def ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs):
2382         """
2383         ConvertAlphaToMask(self, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2384
2385         If the image has alpha channel, this method converts it to mask. All
2386         pixels with alpha value less than ``threshold`` are replaced with the
2387         mask colour and the alpha channel is removed. The mask colour is
2388         chosen automatically using `FindFirstUnusedColour`.
2389
2390         If the image image doesn't have alpha channel, ConvertAlphaToMask does
2391         nothing.
2392         """
2393         return _core_.Image_ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs)
2394
2395     def ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2396         """
2397         ConvertColourToAlpha(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> bool
2398
2399         This method converts an image where the original alpha information is
2400         only available as a shades of a colour (actually shades of grey)
2401         typically when you draw anti-aliased text into a bitmap. The DC
2402         drawing routines draw grey values on the black background although
2403         they actually mean to draw white with differnt alpha values.  This
2404         method reverses it, assuming a black (!) background and white text.
2405         The method will then fill up the whole image with the colour given.
2406         """
2407         return _core_.Image_ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2408
2409     def SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs):
2410         """
2411         SetMaskFromImage(self, Image mask, byte mr, byte mg, byte mb) -> bool
2412
2413         Sets the image's mask so that the pixels that have RGB value of
2414         ``(mr,mg,mb)`` in ``mask`` will be masked in this image. This is done
2415         by first finding an unused colour in the image, setting this colour as
2416         the mask colour and then using this colour to draw all pixels in the
2417         image who corresponding pixel in mask has given RGB value.
2418
2419         Returns ``False`` if ``mask`` does not have same dimensions as the
2420         image or if there is no unused colour left. Returns ``True`` if the
2421         mask was successfully applied.
2422
2423         Note that this method involves computing the histogram, which is
2424         computationally intensive operation.
2425         """
2426         return _core_.Image_SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs)
2427
2428     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2429         """
2430         CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2431
2432         Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2433         """
2434         return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2435
2436     CanRead = staticmethod(CanRead)
2437     def GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
2438         """
2439         GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
2440
2441         If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
2442         is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
2443         the number of available images.
2444         """
2445         return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
2446
2447     GetImageCount = staticmethod(GetImageCount)
2448     def LoadFile(*args, **kwargs):
2449         """
2450         LoadFile(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2451
2452         Loads an image from a file. If no handler type is provided, the
2453         library will try to autodetect the format.
2454         """
2455         return _core_.Image_LoadFile(*args, **kwargs)
2456
2457     def LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2458         """
2459         LoadMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2460
2461         Loads an image from a file, specifying the image type with a MIME type
2462         string.
2463         """
2464         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2465
2466     def SaveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2467         """
2468         SaveFile(self, String name, int type) -> bool
2469
2470         Saves an image in the named file.
2471         """
2472         return _core_.Image_SaveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2473
2474     def SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2475         """
2476         SaveMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype) -> bool
2477
2478         Saves an image in the named file.
2479         """
2480         return _core_.Image_SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2481
2482     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2483         """
2484         CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
2485
2486         Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
2487         data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
2488         object.
2489         """
2490         return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2491
2492     CanReadStream = staticmethod(CanReadStream)
2493     def LoadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2494         """
2495         LoadStream(self, InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2496
2497         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2498         object. If no handler type is provided, the library will try to
2499         autodetect the format.
2500         """
2501         return _core_.Image_LoadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2502
2503     def LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs):
2504         """
2505         LoadMimeStream(self, InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2506
2507         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2508         object, using a MIME type string to specify the image file format.
2509         """
2510         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs)
2511
2512     def Ok(*args, **kwargs):
2513         """
2514         Ok(self) -> bool
2515
2516         Returns true if image data is present.
2517         """
2518         return _core_.Image_Ok(*args, **kwargs)
2519
2520     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
2521         """
2522         GetWidth(self) -> int
2523
2524         Gets the width of the image in pixels.
2525         """
2526         return _core_.Image_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
2527
2528     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
2529         """
2530         GetHeight(self) -> int
2531
2532         Gets the height of the image in pixels.
2533         """
2534         return _core_.Image_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
2535
2536     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
2537         """
2538         GetSize(self) -> Size
2539
2540         Returns the size of the image in pixels.
2541         """
2542         return _core_.Image_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
2543
2544     def GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs):
2545         """
2546         GetSubImage(self, Rect rect) -> Image
2547
2548         Returns a sub image of the current one as long as the rect belongs
2549         entirely to the image.
2550         """
2551         return _core_.Image_GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs)
2552
2553     def Size(*args, **kwargs):
2554         """
2555         Size(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2556
2557         Returns a resized version of this image without scaling it by adding
2558         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2559         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2560         colour at the position ``pos`` relative to the upper left of the new
2561         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2562         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2563         newly exposed areas.
2564         """
2565         return _core_.Image_Size(*args, **kwargs)
2566
2567     def Copy(*args, **kwargs):
2568         """
2569         Copy(self) -> Image
2570
2571         Returns an identical copy of the image.
2572         """
2573         return _core_.Image_Copy(*args, **kwargs)
2574
2575     def Paste(*args, **kwargs):
2576         """
2577         Paste(self, Image image, int x, int y)
2578
2579         Pastes ``image`` into this instance and takes care of the mask colour
2580         and any out of bounds problems.
2581         """
2582         return _core_.Image_Paste(*args, **kwargs)
2583
2584     def GetData(*args, **kwargs):
2585         """
2586         GetData(self) -> PyObject
2587
2588         Returns a string containing a copy of the RGB bytes of the image.
2589         """
2590         return _core_.Image_GetData(*args, **kwargs)
2591
2592     def SetData(*args, **kwargs):
2593         """
2594         SetData(self, buffer data)
2595
2596         Resets the Image's RGB data from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts
2597         either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of
2598         the data must be width*height*3.
2599         """
2600         return _core_.Image_SetData(*args, **kwargs)
2601
2602     def GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2603         """
2604         GetDataBuffer(self) -> PyObject
2605
2606         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the RGB
2607         image data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do
2608         not use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
2609         """
2610         return _core_.Image_GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2611
2612     def SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2613         """
2614         SetDataBuffer(self, buffer data)
2615
2616         Sets the internal image data pointer to point at a Python buffer
2617         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
2618         ensure that the buffer object lives longer than the wx.Image does.
2619         """
2620         return _core_.Image_SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2621
2622     def GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2623         """
2624         GetAlphaData(self) -> PyObject
2625
2626         Returns a string containing a copy of the alpha bytes of the image.
2627         """
2628         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2629
2630     def SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2631         """
2632         SetAlphaData(self, buffer alpha)
2633
2634         Resets the Image's alpha data from a buffer of bytes.  Accepts either
2635         a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the
2636         data must be width*height.
2637         """
2638         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2639
2640     def GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2641         """GetAlphaBuffer(self) -> PyObject"""
2642         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2643
2644     def SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2645         """SetAlphaBuffer(self, buffer alpha)"""
2646         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2647
2648     def SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2649         """
2650         SetMaskColour(self, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2651
2652         Sets the mask colour for this image (and tells the image to use the
2653         mask).
2654         """
2655         return _core_.Image_SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2656
2657     def GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2658         """
2659         GetOrFindMaskColour() -> (r,g,b)
2660
2661         Get the current mask colour or find a suitable colour.
2662         """
2663         return _core_.Image_GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2664
2665     def GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs):
2666         """
2667         GetMaskRed(self) -> byte
2668
2669         Gets the red component of the mask colour.
2670         """
2671         return _core_.Image_GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs)
2672
2673     def GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2674         """
2675         GetMaskGreen(self) -> byte
2676
2677         Gets the green component of the mask colour.
2678         """
2679         return _core_.Image_GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2680
2681     def GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2682         """
2683         GetMaskBlue(self) -> byte
2684
2685         Gets the blue component of the mask colour.
2686         """
2687         return _core_.Image_GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2688
2689     def SetMask(*args, **kwargs):
2690         """
2691         SetMask(self, bool mask=True)
2692
2693         Specifies whether there is a mask or not. The area of the mask is
2694         determined by the current mask colour.
2695         """
2696         return _core_.Image_SetMask(*args, **kwargs)
2697
2698     def HasMask(*args, **kwargs):
2699         """
2700         HasMask(self) -> bool
2701
2702         Returns ``True`` if there is a mask active, ``False`` otherwise.
2703         """
2704         return _core_.Image_HasMask(*args, **kwargs)
2705
2706     def Rotate(*args, **kwargs):
2707         """
2708         Rotate(self, double angle, Point centre_of_rotation, bool interpolating=True,
2709             Point offset_after_rotation=None) -> Image
2710
2711         Rotates the image about the given point, by ``angle`` radians. Passing
2712         ``True`` to ``interpolating`` results in better image quality, but is
2713         slower. If the image has a mask, then the mask colour is used for the
2714         uncovered pixels in the rotated image background. Otherwise, black
2715         will be used as the fill colour.
2716
2717         Returns the rotated image, leaving this image intact.
2718         """
2719         return _core_.Image_Rotate(*args, **kwargs)
2720
2721     def Rotate90(*args, **kwargs):
2722         """
2723         Rotate90(self, bool clockwise=True) -> Image
2724
2725         Returns a copy of the image rotated 90 degrees in the direction
2726         indicated by ``clockwise``.
2727         """
2728         return _core_.Image_Rotate90(*args, **kwargs)
2729
2730     def Mirror(*args, **kwargs):
2731         """
2732         Mirror(self, bool horizontally=True) -> Image
2733
2734         Returns a mirrored copy of the image. The parameter ``horizontally``
2735         indicates the orientation.
2736         """
2737         return _core_.Image_Mirror(*args, **kwargs)
2738
2739     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
2740         """
2741         Replace(self, byte r1, byte g1, byte b1, byte r2, byte g2, byte b2)
2742
2743         Replaces the colour specified by ``(r1,g1,b1)`` by the colour
2744         ``(r2,g2,b2)``.
2745         """
2746         return _core_.Image_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
2747
2748     def ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs):
2749         """
2750         ConvertToGreyscale(self, double lr=0.299, double lg=0.587, double lb=0.114) -> Image
2751
2752         Convert to greyscale image. Uses the luminance component (Y) of the
2753         image.  The luma value (YUV) is calculated using (R * lr) + (G * lg) + (B * lb),
2754         defaults to ITU-T BT.601
2755         """
2756         return _core_.Image_ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs)
2757
2758     def ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs):
2759         """
2760         ConvertToMono(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> Image
2761
2762         Returns monochromatic version of the image. The returned image has
2763         white colour where the original has ``(r,g,b)`` colour and black
2764         colour everywhere else.
2765         """
2766         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs)
2767
2768     def SetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2769         """
2770         SetOption(self, String name, String value)
2771
2772         Sets an image handler defined option.  For example, when saving as a
2773         JPEG file, the option ``wx.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY`` is used, which is a
2774         number between 0 and 100 (0 is terrible, 100 is very good).
2775         """
2776         return _core_.Image_SetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2777
2778     def SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2779         """
2780         SetOptionInt(self, String name, int value)
2781
2782         Sets an image option as an integer.
2783         """
2784         return _core_.Image_SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2785
2786     def GetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2787         """
2788         GetOption(self, String name) -> String
2789
2790         Gets the value of an image handler option.
2791         """
2792         return _core_.Image_GetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2793
2794     def GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2795         """
2796         GetOptionInt(self, String name) -> int
2797
2798         Gets the value of an image handler option as an integer.  If the given
2799         option is not present, the function returns 0.
2800         """
2801         return _core_.Image_GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2802
2803     def HasOption(*args, **kwargs):
2804         """
2805         HasOption(self, String name) -> bool
2806
2807         Returns true if the given option is present.
2808         """
2809         return _core_.Image_HasOption(*args, **kwargs)
2810
2811     def CountColours(*args, **kwargs):
2812         """CountColours(self, unsigned long stopafter=(unsigned long) -1) -> unsigned long"""
2813         return _core_.Image_CountColours(*args, **kwargs)
2814
2815     def ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs):
2816         """ComputeHistogram(self, ImageHistogram h) -> unsigned long"""
2817         return _core_.Image_ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs)
2818
2819     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2820         """AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2821         return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2822
2823     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
2824     def InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2825         """InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2826         return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2827
2828     InsertHandler = staticmethod(InsertHandler)
2829     def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2830         """RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
2831         return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2832
2833     RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler)
2834     def GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
2835         """GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
2836         return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
2837
2838     GetHandlers = staticmethod(GetHandlers)
2839     def GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs):
2840         """
2841         GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
2842
2843         Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
2844         containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
2845         dialog boxes.
2846         """
2847         return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs)
2848
2849     GetImageExtWildcard = staticmethod(GetImageExtWildcard)
2850     def ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2851         """ConvertToBitmap(self, int depth=-1) -> Bitmap"""
2852         return _core_.Image_ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2853
2854     def ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2855         """ConvertToMonoBitmap(self, byte red, byte green, byte blue) -> Bitmap"""
2856         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2857
2858     def RotateHue(*args, **kwargs):
2859         """
2860         RotateHue(self, double angle)
2861
2862         Rotates the hue of each pixel of the image. Hue is a double in the
2863         range -1.0..1.0 where -1.0 is -360 degrees and 1.0 is 360 degrees
2864         """
2865         return _core_.Image_RotateHue(*args, **kwargs)
2866
2867     def RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
2868         """
2869         RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
2870
2871         Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
2872         """
2873         return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
2874
2875     RGBtoHSV = staticmethod(RGBtoHSV)
2876     def HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2877         """
2878         HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
2879
2880         Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
2881         """
2882         return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2883
2884     HSVtoRGB = staticmethod(HSVtoRGB)
2885     def __nonzero__(self): return self.Ok()
2886 _core_.Image_swigregister(Image)
2887
2888 def ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs):
2889     """
2890     ImageFromMime(String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
2891
2892     Loads an image from a file, using a MIME type string (such as
2893     'image/jpeg') to specify image type.
2894     """
2895     val = _core_.new_ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs)
2896     return val
2897
2898 def ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs):
2899     """
2900     ImageFromStream(InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2901
2902     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
2903     object.
2904     """
2905     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs)
2906     return val
2907
2908 def ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs):
2909     """
2910     ImageFromStreamMime(InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
2911
2912     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
2913     object, specifying the image format with a MIME type string.
2914     """
2915     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs)
2916     return val
2917
2918 def EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs):
2919     """
2920     EmptyImage(int width=0, int height=0, bool clear=True) -> Image
2921
2922     Construct an empty image of a given size, optionally setting all
2923     pixels to black.
2924     """
2925     val = _core_.new_EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs)
2926     return val
2927
2928 def ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2929     """
2930     ImageFromBitmap(Bitmap bitmap) -> Image
2931
2932     Construct an Image from a `wx.Bitmap`.
2933     """
2934     val = _core_.new_ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2935     return val
2936
2937 def ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs):
2938     """
2939     ImageFromData(int width, int height, buffer data) -> Image
2940
2941     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts either a
2942     string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the data
2943     must be width*height*3.
2944     """
2945     val = _core_.new_ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs)
2946     return val
2947
2948 def ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2949     """
2950     ImageFromDataWithAlpha(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha) -> Image
2951
2952     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes with an Alpha channel.
2953     Accepts either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the
2954     length of the data must be width*height*3 bytes, and the length of the
2955     alpha data must be width*height bytes.
2956     """
2957     val = _core_.new_ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2958     return val
2959
2960 def Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2961   """
2962     Image_CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2963
2964     Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2965     """
2966   return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2967
2968 def Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
2969   """
2970     Image_GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
2971
2972     If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
2973     is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
2974     the number of available images.
2975     """
2976   return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
2977
2978 def Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2979   """
2980     Image_CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
2981
2982     Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
2983     data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
2984     object.
2985     """
2986   return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2987
2988 def Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2989   """Image_AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2990   return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2991
2992 def Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2993   """Image_InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2994   return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2995
2996 def Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2997   """Image_RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
2998   return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2999
3000 def Image_GetHandlers(*args):
3001   """Image_GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
3002   return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args)
3003
3004 def Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args):
3005   """
3006     Image_GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
3007
3008     Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
3009     containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
3010     dialog boxes.
3011     """
3012   return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args)
3013
3014 def Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
3015   """
3016     Image_RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
3017
3018     Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
3019     """
3020   return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
3021
3022 def Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
3023   """
3024     Image_HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
3025
3026     Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
3027     """
3028   return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
3029
3030 def InitAllImageHandlers():
3031     """
3032     The former functionality of InitAllImageHanders is now done internal to
3033     the _core_ extension module and so this function has become a simple NOP.
3034     """
3035     pass
3036
3037 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES
3038 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM
3039 PNG_TYPE_COLOUR = _core_.PNG_TYPE_COLOUR
3040 PNG_TYPE_GREY = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY
3041 PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED
3042 BMP_24BPP = _core_.BMP_24BPP
3043 BMP_8BPP = _core_.BMP_8BPP
3044 BMP_8BPP_GREY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GREY
3045 BMP_8BPP_GRAY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GRAY
3046 BMP_8BPP_RED = _core_.BMP_8BPP_RED
3047 BMP_8BPP_PALETTE = _core_.BMP_8BPP_PALETTE
3048 BMP_4BPP = _core_.BMP_4BPP
3049 BMP_1BPP = _core_.BMP_1BPP
3050 BMP_1BPP_BW = _core_.BMP_1BPP_BW
3051 class BMPHandler(ImageHandler):
3052     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files."""
3053     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3054     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3055     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3056         """
3057         __init__(self) -> BMPHandler
3058
3059         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files.
3060         """
3061         _core_.BMPHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BMPHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3062 _core_.BMPHandler_swigregister(BMPHandler)
3063 NullImage = cvar.NullImage
3064 IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME
3065 IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT
3066 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X
3067 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y
3068 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION
3069 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX
3070 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY
3071 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT
3072 IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY
3073 IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE
3074 IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL
3075 IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION
3076 IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR
3077 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT
3078 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH
3079
3080 class ICOHandler(BMPHandler):
3081     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files."""
3082     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3083     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3084     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3085         """
3086         __init__(self) -> ICOHandler
3087
3088         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files.
3089         """
3090         _core_.ICOHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ICOHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3091 _core_.ICOHandler_swigregister(ICOHandler)
3092
3093 class CURHandler(ICOHandler):
3094     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files."""
3095     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3096     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3097     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3098         """
3099         __init__(self) -> CURHandler
3100
3101         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files.
3102         """
3103         _core_.CURHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CURHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3104 _core_.CURHandler_swigregister(CURHandler)
3105
3106 class ANIHandler(CURHandler):
3107     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files."""
3108     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3109     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3110     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3111         """
3112         __init__(self) -> ANIHandler
3113
3114         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files.
3115         """
3116         _core_.ANIHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ANIHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3117 _core_.ANIHandler_swigregister(ANIHandler)
3118
3119 class PNGHandler(ImageHandler):
3120     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files."""
3121     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3122     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3123     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3124         """
3125         __init__(self) -> PNGHandler
3126
3127         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files.
3128         """
3129         _core_.PNGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3130 _core_.PNGHandler_swigregister(PNGHandler)
3131
3132 class GIFHandler(ImageHandler):
3133     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files."""
3134     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3135     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3136     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3137         """
3138         __init__(self) -> GIFHandler
3139
3140         A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files.
3141         """
3142         _core_.GIFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GIFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3143 _core_.GIFHandler_swigregister(GIFHandler)
3144
3145 class PCXHandler(ImageHandler):
3146     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files."""
3147     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3148     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3149     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3150         """
3151         __init__(self) -> PCXHandler
3152
3153         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files.
3154         """
3155         _core_.PCXHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PCXHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3156 _core_.PCXHandler_swigregister(PCXHandler)
3157
3158 class JPEGHandler(ImageHandler):
3159     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files."""
3160     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3161     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3162     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3163         """
3164         __init__(self) -> JPEGHandler
3165
3166         A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files.
3167         """
3168         _core_.JPEGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_JPEGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3169 _core_.JPEGHandler_swigregister(JPEGHandler)
3170
3171 class PNMHandler(ImageHandler):
3172     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files."""
3173     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3174     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3175     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3176         """
3177         __init__(self) -> PNMHandler
3178
3179         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files.
3180         """
3181         _core_.PNMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3182 _core_.PNMHandler_swigregister(PNMHandler)
3183
3184 class XPMHandler(ImageHandler):
3185     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image."""
3186     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3187     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3188     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3189         """
3190         __init__(self) -> XPMHandler
3191
3192         A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image.
3193         """
3194         _core_.XPMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_XPMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3195 _core_.XPMHandler_swigregister(XPMHandler)
3196
3197 class TIFFHandler(ImageHandler):
3198     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files."""
3199     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3200     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3201     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3202         """
3203         __init__(self) -> TIFFHandler
3204
3205         A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files.
3206         """
3207         _core_.TIFFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_TIFFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3208 _core_.TIFFHandler_swigregister(TIFFHandler)
3209
3210 QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS = _core_.QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS
3211 QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE = _core_.QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE
3212 class Quantize(object):
3213     """Performs quantization, or colour reduction, on a wxImage."""
3214     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3215     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3216     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3217     def Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3218         """
3219         Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3220
3221         Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3222         destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3223         needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3224         """
3225         return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3226
3227     Quantize = staticmethod(Quantize)
3228 _core_.Quantize_swigregister(Quantize)
3229
3230 def Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3231   """
3232     Quantize_Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3233
3234     Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3235     destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3236     needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3237     """
3238   return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3239
3240 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3241
3242 class EvtHandler(Object):
3243     """Proxy of C++ EvtHandler class"""
3244     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3245     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3246     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3247         """__init__(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3248         _core_.EvtHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EvtHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3249     def GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3250         """GetNextHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3251         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3252
3253     def GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3254         """GetPreviousHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3255         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3256
3257     def SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3258         """SetNextHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3259         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3260
3261     def SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3262         """SetPreviousHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3263         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3264
3265     def GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3266         """GetEvtHandlerEnabled(self) -> bool"""
3267         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3268
3269     def SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3270         """SetEvtHandlerEnabled(self, bool enabled)"""
3271         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3272
3273     def ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3274         """ProcessEvent(self, Event event) -> bool"""
3275         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3276
3277     def AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3278         """AddPendingEvent(self, Event event)"""
3279         return _core_.EvtHandler_AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3280
3281     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
3282         """ProcessPendingEvents(self)"""
3283         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
3284
3285     def Connect(*args, **kwargs):
3286         """Connect(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)"""
3287         return _core_.EvtHandler_Connect(*args, **kwargs)
3288
3289     def Disconnect(*args, **kwargs):
3290         """Disconnect(self, int id, int lastId=-1, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool"""
3291         return _core_.EvtHandler_Disconnect(*args, **kwargs)
3292
3293     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
3294         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self, bool incref=True)"""
3295         val = _core_.EvtHandler__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
3296         args[0].thisown = 0
3297         return val
3298
3299     def Bind(self, event, handler, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3300         """
3301         Bind an event to an event handler.
3302
3303         :param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the
3304                       type of event to bind,
3305
3306         :param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the
3307                       event is delivered to self.  Pass None to
3308                       disconnect an event handler.
3309
3310         :param source: Sometimes the event originates from a
3311                       different window than self, but you still
3312                       want to catch it in self.  (For example, a
3313                       button event delivered to a frame.)  By
3314                       passing the source of the event, the event
3315                       handling system is able to differentiate
3316                       between the same event type from different
3317                       controls.
3318
3319         :param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead
3320                    of instance.
3321
3322         :param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler
3323                       to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.
3324         """
3325         if source is not None:
3326             id  = source.GetId()
3327         event.Bind(self, id, id2, handler)
3328
3329     def Unbind(self, event, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3330         """
3331         Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.
3332         Returns True if successful.
3333         """
3334         if source is not None:
3335             id  = source.GetId()
3336         return event.Unbind(self, id, id2)
3337
3338 _core_.EvtHandler_swigregister(EvtHandler)
3339
3340 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3341
3342 class PyEventBinder(object):
3343     """
3344     Instances of this class are used to bind specific events to event
3345     handlers.
3346     """
3347     def __init__(self, evtType, expectedIDs=0):
3348         if expectedIDs not in [0, 1, 2]:
3349             raise ValueError, "Invalid number of expectedIDs"
3350         self.expectedIDs = expectedIDs
3351
3352         if type(evtType) == list or type(evtType) == tuple:
3353             self.evtType = evtType
3354         else:
3355             self.evtType = [evtType]
3356
3357
3358     def Bind(self, target, id1, id2, function):
3359         """Bind this set of event types to target."""
3360         for et in self.evtType:
3361             target.Connect(id1, id2, et, function)
3362
3363
3364     def Unbind(self, target, id1, id2):
3365         """Remove an event binding."""
3366         success = 0
3367         for et in self.evtType:
3368             success += target.Disconnect(id1, id2, et)
3369         return success != 0
3370
3371
3372     def __call__(self, *args):
3373         """
3374         For backwards compatibility with the old EVT_* functions.
3375         Should be called with either (window, func), (window, ID,
3376         func) or (window, ID1, ID2, func) parameters depending on the
3377         type of the event.
3378         """
3379         assert len(args) == 2 + self.expectedIDs
3380         id1 = wx.ID_ANY
3381         id2 = wx.ID_ANY
3382         target = args[0]
3383         if self.expectedIDs == 0:
3384             func = args[1]
3385         elif self.expectedIDs == 1:
3386             id1 = args[1]
3387             func = args[2]
3388         elif self.expectedIDs == 2:
3389             id1 = args[1]
3390             id2 = args[2]
3391             func = args[3]
3392         else:
3393             raise ValueError, "Unexpected number of IDs"
3394
3395         self.Bind(target, id1, id2, func)
3396
3397
3398 # These two are square pegs that don't fit the PyEventBinder hole...
3399 def EVT_COMMAND(win, id, cmd, func):
3400     win.Connect(id, -1, cmd, func)
3401 def EVT_COMMAND_RANGE(win, id1, id2, cmd, func):
3402     win.Connect(id1, id2, cmd, func)
3403
3404
3405 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3406
3407 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3408
3409 EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE
3410 EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX
3411
3412 def NewEventType(*args):
3413   """NewEventType() -> EventType"""
3414   return _core_.NewEventType(*args)
3415 wxEVT_NULL = _core_.wxEVT_NULL
3416 wxEVT_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_FIRST
3417 wxEVT_USER_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_USER_FIRST
3418 wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
3419 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
3420 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
3421 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
3422 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
3423 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
3424 wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
3425 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
3426 wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
3427 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
3428 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
3429 wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
3430 wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
3431 wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
3432 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
3433 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
3434 wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
3435 wxEVT_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_UP
3436 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
3437 wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
3438 wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
3439 wxEVT_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
3440 wxEVT_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_MOTION
3441 wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
3442 wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
3443 wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
3444 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3445 wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
3446 wxEVT_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_SET_FOCUS
3447 wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
3448 wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS
3449 wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3450 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN
3451 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP
3452 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN
3453 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP
3454 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN
3455 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP
3456 wxEVT_NC_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MOTION
3457 wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW
3458 wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW
3459 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK
3460 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3461 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK
3462 wxEVT_CHAR = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR
3463 wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
3464 wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = _core_.wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
3465 wxEVT_KEY_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_DOWN
3466 wxEVT_KEY_UP = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_UP
3467 wxEVT_HOTKEY = _core_.wxEVT_HOTKEY
3468 wxEVT_SET_CURSOR = _core_.wxEVT_SET_CURSOR
3469 wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
3470 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
3471 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
3472 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
3473 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
3474 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
3475 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
3476 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
3477 wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3478 wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3479 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
3480 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
3481 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
3482 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
3483 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
3484 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
3485 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
3486 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
3487 wxEVT_SIZE = _core_.wxEVT_SIZE
3488 wxEVT_MOVE = _core_.wxEVT_MOVE
3489 wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW
3490 wxEVT_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_END_SESSION
3491 wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
3492 wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP
3493 wxEVT_ACTIVATE = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE
3494 wxEVT_CREATE = _core_.wxEVT_CREATE
3495 wxEVT_DESTROY = _core_.wxEVT_DESTROY
3496 wxEVT_SHOW = _core_.wxEVT_SHOW
3497 wxEVT_ICONIZE = _core_.wxEVT_ICONIZE
3498 wxEVT_MAXIMIZE = _core_.wxEVT_MAXIMIZE
3499 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
3500 wxEVT_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT
3501 wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = _core_.wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
3502 wxEVT_NC_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_NC_PAINT
3503 wxEVT_PAINT_ICON = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT_ICON
3504 wxEVT_MENU_OPEN = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_OPEN
3505 wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE
3506 wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
3507 wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU = _core_.wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU
3508 wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
3509 wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
3510 wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED
3511 wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
3512 wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
3513 wxEVT_DROP_FILES = _core_.wxEVT_DROP_FILES
3514 wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM
3515 wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM
3516 wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM
3517 wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG = _core_.wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG
3518 wxEVT_IDLE = _core_.wxEVT_IDLE
3519 wxEVT_UPDATE_UI = _core_.wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
3520 wxEVT_SIZING = _core_.wxEVT_SIZING
3521 wxEVT_MOVING = _core_.wxEVT_MOVING
3522 wxEVT_HIBERNATE = _core_.wxEVT_HIBERNATE
3523 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY
3524 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT
3525 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE
3526 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
3527 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
3528 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
3529 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
3530 wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
3531 wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
3532 wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
3533 #
3534 # Create some event binders
3535 EVT_SIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZE )
3536 EVT_SIZING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZING )
3537 EVT_MOVE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVE )
3538 EVT_MOVING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVING )
3539 EVT_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW )
3540 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3541 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3542 EVT_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PAINT )
3543 EVT_NC_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NC_PAINT )
3544 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND )
3545 EVT_CHAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR )
3546 EVT_KEY_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_DOWN )
3547 EVT_KEY_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_UP )
3548 EVT_HOTKEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HOTKEY, 1)
3549 EVT_CHAR_HOOK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK )
3550 EVT_MENU_OPEN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_OPEN )
3551 EVT_MENU_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE )
3552 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, 1)
3553 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT )
3554 EVT_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_FOCUS )
3555 EVT_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS )
3556 EVT_CHILD_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS )
3557 EVT_ACTIVATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE )
3558 EVT_ACTIVATE_APP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP )
3559 EVT_HIBERNATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HIBERNATE )
3560 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3561 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3562 EVT_DROP_FILES = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DROP_FILES )
3563 EVT_INIT_DIALOG = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG )
3564 EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED )
3565 EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED )
3566 EVT_SHOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SHOW )
3567 EVT_MAXIMIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MAXIMIZE )
3568 EVT_ICONIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ICONIZE )
3569 EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY )
3570 EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED )
3571 EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE )
3572 EVT_WINDOW_CREATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CREATE )
3573 EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DESTROY )
3574 EVT_SET_CURSOR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_CURSOR )
3575 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED )
3576
3577 EVT_LEFT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN )
3578 EVT_LEFT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_UP )
3579 EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN )
3580 EVT_MIDDLE_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP )
3581 EVT_RIGHT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN )
3582 EVT_RIGHT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP )
3583 EVT_MOTION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOTION )
3584 EVT_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK )
3585 EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK )
3586 EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK )
3587 EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW )
3588 EVT_ENTER_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW )
3589 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL )
3590
3591 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN,
3592                                      wxEVT_LEFT_UP,
3593                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN,
3594                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP,
3595                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN,
3596                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_UP,
3597                                      wxEVT_MOTION,
3598                                      wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK,
3599                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK,
3600                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK,
3601                                      wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW,
3602                                      wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW,
3603                                      wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3604                                      ])
3605
3606
3607 # Scrolling from wxWindow (sent to wxScrolledWindow)
3608 EVT_SCROLLWIN = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP,
3609                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM,
3610                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP,
3611                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN,
3612                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP,
3613                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN,
3614                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK,
3615                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE,
3616                                   ])
3617
3618 EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP )
3619 EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM )
3620 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP )
3621 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN )
3622 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP )
3623 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN )
3624 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK )
3625 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE )
3626
3627 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar
3628 EVT_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3629                                wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3630                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3631                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3632                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3633                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3634                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3635                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3636                                wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3637                                ])
3638
3639 EVT_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP )
3640 EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM )
3641 EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP )
3642 EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN )
3643 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP )
3644 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN )
3645 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK )
3646 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE )
3647 EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED )
3648 EVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3649
3650 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar, with an id
3651 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3652                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3653                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3654                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3655                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3656                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3657                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3658                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3659                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3660                                        ], 1)
3661
3662 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, 1)
3663 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, 1)
3664 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, 1)
3665 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, 1)
3666 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, 1)
3667 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, 1)
3668 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, 1)
3669 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE, 1)
3670 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, 1)
3671 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED
3672
3673 EVT_BUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, 1)
3674 EVT_CHECKBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED, 1)
3675 EVT_CHOICE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED, 1)
3676 EVT_LISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3677 EVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED, 1)
3678 EVT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 1)
3679 EVT_MENU_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 2)
3680 EVT_SLIDER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED, 1)
3681 EVT_RADIOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3682 EVT_RADIOBUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED, 1)
3683
3684 EVT_SCROLLBAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED, 1)
3685 EVT_VLBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3686 EVT_COMBOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3687 EVT_TOOL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 1)
3688 EVT_TOOL_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 2)
3689 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 1)
3690 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 2)
3691 EVT_TOOL_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER, 1)
3692 EVT_CHECKLISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED, 1)
3693
3694
3695 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK, 1)
3696 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK, 1)
3697 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK, 1)
3698 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK, 1)
3699 EVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS, 1)
3700 EVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS, 1)
3701 EVT_COMMAND_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER, 1)
3702
3703 EVT_IDLE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_IDLE )
3704
3705 EVT_UPDATE_UI = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 1)
3706 EVT_UPDATE_UI_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 2)
3707
3708 EVT_CONTEXT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU )
3709
3710 EVT_TEXT_CUT   =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT )
3711 EVT_TEXT_COPY  =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY )
3712 EVT_TEXT_PASTE =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE )
3713
3714
3715 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3716
3717 class Event(Object):
3718     """
3719     An event is a structure holding information about an event passed to a
3720     callback or member function. wx.Event is an abstract base class for
3721     other event classes
3722     """
3723     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3724     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3725     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3726     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Event
3727     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3728     def SetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3729         """
3730         SetEventType(self, EventType typ)
3731
3732         Sets the specific type of the event.
3733         """
3734         return _core_.Event_SetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3735
3736     def GetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3737         """
3738         GetEventType(self) -> EventType
3739
3740         Returns the identifier of the given event type, such as
3741         ``wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED``.
3742         """
3743         return _core_.Event_GetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3744
3745     def GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3746         """
3747         GetEventObject(self) -> Object
3748
3749         Returns the object (usually a window) associated with the event, if
3750         any.
3751         """
3752         return _core_.Event_GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3753
3754     def SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3755         """
3756         SetEventObject(self, Object obj)
3757
3758         Sets the originating object, or in other words, obj is normally the
3759         object that is sending the event.
3760         """
3761         return _core_.Event_SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3762
3763     def GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3764         """GetTimestamp(self) -> long"""
3765         return _core_.Event_GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3766
3767     def SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3768         """SetTimestamp(self, long ts=0)"""
3769         return _core_.Event_SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3770
3771     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
3772         """
3773         GetId(self) -> int
3774
3775         Returns the identifier associated with this event, such as a button
3776         command id.
3777         """
3778         return _core_.Event_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
3779
3780     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
3781         """
3782         SetId(self, int Id)
3783
3784         Set's the ID for the event.  This is usually the ID of the window that
3785         is sending the event, but it can also be a command id from a menu
3786         item, etc.
3787         """
3788         return _core_.Event_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
3789
3790     def IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3791         """
3792         IsCommandEvent(self) -> bool
3793
3794         Returns true if the event is or is derived from `wx.CommandEvent` else
3795         it returns false. Note: Exists only for optimization purposes.
3796         """
3797         return _core_.Event_IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3798
3799     def Skip(*args, **kwargs):
3800         """
3801         Skip(self, bool skip=True)
3802
3803         Called by an event handler, it controls whether additional event
3804         handlers bound to this event will be called after the current event
3805         handler returns.  Skip(false) (the default setting) will prevent
3806         additional event handlers from being called and control will be
3807         returned to the sender of the event immediately after the current
3808         handler has finished.  Skip(True) will cause the event processing
3809         system to continue searching for a handler function for this event.
3810
3811         """
3812         return _core_.Event_Skip(*args, **kwargs)
3813
3814     def GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs):
3815         """
3816         GetSkipped(self) -> bool
3817
3818         Returns true if the event handler should be skipped, false otherwise.
3819         :see: `Skip`
3820         """
3821         return _core_.Event_GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs)
3822
3823     def ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs):
3824         """
3825         ShouldPropagate(self) -> bool
3826
3827         Test if this event should be propagated to the parent window or not,
3828         i.e. if the propagation level is currently greater than 0.
3829         """
3830         return _core_.Event_ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs)
3831
3832     def StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs):
3833         """
3834         StopPropagation(self) -> int
3835
3836         Stop the event from propagating to its parent window.  Returns the old
3837         propagation level value which may be later passed to
3838         `ResumePropagation` to allow propagating the event again.
3839         """
3840         return _core_.Event_StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs)
3841
3842     def ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs):
3843         """
3844         ResumePropagation(self, int propagationLevel)
3845
3846         Resume the event propagation by restoring the propagation level.  (For
3847         example, you can use the value returned by an earlier call to
3848         `StopPropagation`.)
3849
3850         """
3851         return _core_.Event_ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs)
3852
3853     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
3854         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
3855         return _core_.Event_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
3856
3857 _core_.Event_swigregister(Event)
3858
3859 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3860
3861 class PropagationDisabler(object):
3862     """
3863     Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
3864     create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
3865     propogation of the event will be restored.
3866     """
3867     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3868     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3869     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3870         """
3871         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagationDisabler
3872
3873         Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
3874         create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
3875         propogation of the event will be restored.
3876         """
3877         _core_.PropagationDisabler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagationDisabler(*args, **kwargs))
3878     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagationDisabler
3879     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3880 _core_.PropagationDisabler_swigregister(PropagationDisabler)
3881
3882 class PropagateOnce(object):
3883     """
3884     A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
3885     event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
3886     destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
3887     """
3888     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3889     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3890     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3891         """
3892         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagateOnce
3893
3894         A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
3895         event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
3896         destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
3897         """
3898         _core_.PropagateOnce_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagateOnce(*args, **kwargs))
3899     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagateOnce
3900     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3901 _core_.PropagateOnce_swigregister(PropagateOnce)
3902
3903 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3904
3905 class CommandEvent(Event):
3906     """
3907     This event class contains information about command events, which
3908     originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
3909     toolbars.
3910     """
3911     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3912     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3913     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3914         """
3915         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CommandEvent
3916
3917         This event class contains information about command events, which
3918         originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
3919         toolbars.
3920         """
3921         _core_.CommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
3922     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
3923         """
3924         GetSelection(self) -> int
3925
3926         Returns item index for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
3927         for a deselection).
3928         """
3929         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
3930
3931     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
3932         """SetString(self, String s)"""
3933         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
3934
3935     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
3936         """
3937         GetString(self) -> String
3938
3939         Returns item string for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
3940         for a deselection).
3941         """
3942         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
3943
3944     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
3945         """
3946         IsChecked(self) -> bool
3947
3948         This method can be used with checkbox and menu events: for the
3949         checkboxes, the method returns true for a selection event and false
3950         for a deselection one. For the menu events, this method indicates if
3951         the menu item just has become checked or unchecked (and thus only
3952         makes sense for checkable menu items).
3953         """
3954         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
3955
3956     Checked = IsChecked
3957     def IsSelection(*args, **kwargs):
3958         """
3959         IsSelection(self) -> bool
3960
3961         For a listbox or similar event, returns true if it is a selection,
3962         false if it is a deselection.
3963         """
3964         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsSelection(*args, **kwargs)
3965
3966     def SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
3967         """SetExtraLong(self, long extraLong)"""
3968         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
3969
3970     def GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
3971         """
3972         GetExtraLong(self) -> long
3973
3974         Returns extra information dependant on the event objects type. If the
3975         event comes from a listbox selection, it is a boolean determining
3976         whether the event was a selection (true) or a deselection (false). A
3977         listbox deselection only occurs for multiple-selection boxes, and in
3978         this case the index and string values are indeterminate and the
3979         listbox must be examined by the application.
3980         """
3981         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
3982
3983     def SetInt(*args, **kwargs):
3984         """SetInt(self, int i)"""
3985         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetInt(*args, **kwargs)
3986
3987     def GetInt(*args, **kwargs):
3988         """
3989         GetInt(self) -> int
3990
3991         Returns the integer identifier corresponding to a listbox, choice or
3992         radiobox selection (only if the event was a selection, not a
3993         deselection), or a boolean value representing the value of a checkbox.
3994         """
3995         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetInt(*args, **kwargs)
3996
3997     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
3998         """
3999         GetClientData(self) -> PyObject
4000
4001         Returns the client data object for a listbox or choice selection event, (if any.)
4002         """
4003         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4004
4005     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4006         """
4007         SetClientData(self, PyObject clientData)
4008
4009         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
4010         """
4011         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4012
4013     GetClientObject = GetClientData
4014     SetClientObject = SetClientData
4015
4016     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
4017         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
4018         return _core_.CommandEvent_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
4019
4020 _core_.CommandEvent_swigregister(CommandEvent)
4021
4022 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4023
4024 class NotifyEvent(CommandEvent):
4025     """
4026     An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4027     a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4028     allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4029     can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4030     """
4031     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4032     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4033     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4034         """
4035         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> NotifyEvent
4036
4037         An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4038         a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4039         allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4040         can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4041         """
4042         _core_.NotifyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NotifyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4043     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
4044         """
4045         Veto(self)
4046
4047         Prevents the change announced by this event from happening.
4048
4049         It is in general a good idea to notify the user about the reasons for
4050         vetoing the change because otherwise the applications behaviour (which
4051         just refuses to do what the user wants) might be quite surprising.
4052         """
4053         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
4054
4055     def Allow(*args, **kwargs):
4056         """
4057         Allow(self)
4058
4059         This is the opposite of `Veto`: it explicitly allows the event to be
4060         processed. For most events it is not necessary to call this method as
4061         the events are allowed anyhow but some are forbidden by default (this
4062         will be mentioned in the corresponding event description).
4063         """
4064         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Allow(*args, **kwargs)
4065
4066     def IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs):
4067         """
4068         IsAllowed(self) -> bool
4069
4070         Returns true if the change is allowed (`Veto` hasn't been called) or
4071         false otherwise (if it was).
4072         """
4073         return _core_.NotifyEvent_IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs)
4074
4075 _core_.NotifyEvent_swigregister(NotifyEvent)
4076
4077 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4078
4079 class ScrollEvent(CommandEvent):
4080     """
4081     A scroll event holds information about events sent from stand-alone
4082     scrollbars and sliders. Note that scrolled windows do not send
4083     instnaces of this event class, but send the `wx.ScrollWinEvent`
4084     instead.
4085     """
4086     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4087     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4088     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4089         """
4090         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, int pos=0,
4091             int orient=0) -> ScrollEvent
4092         """
4093         _core_.ScrollEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4094     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4095         """
4096         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4097
4098         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4099         the scrollbar.
4100         """
4101         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4102
4103     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4104         """
4105         GetPosition(self) -> int
4106
4107         Returns the position of the scrollbar.
4108         """
4109         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4110
4111     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4112         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4113         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4114
4115     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4116         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4117         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4118
4119 _core_.ScrollEvent_swigregister(ScrollEvent)
4120
4121 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4122
4123 class ScrollWinEvent(Event):
4124     """
4125     A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4126     scrolling windows.
4127     """
4128     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4129     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4130     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4131         """
4132         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int pos=0, int orient=0) -> ScrollWinEvent
4133
4134         A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4135         scrolling windows.
4136         """
4137         _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollWinEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4138     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4139         """
4140         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4141
4142         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4143         the scrollbar.
4144         """
4145         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4146
4147     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4148         """
4149         GetPosition(self) -> int
4150
4151         Returns the position of the scrollbar for the thumb track and release
4152         events. Note that this field can't be used for the other events, you
4153         need to query the window itself for the current position in that case.
4154         """
4155         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4156
4157     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4158         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4159         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4160
4161     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4162         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4163         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4164
4165 _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swigregister(ScrollWinEvent)
4166
4167 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4168
4169 MOUSE_BTN_ANY = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_ANY
4170 MOUSE_BTN_NONE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_NONE
4171 MOUSE_BTN_LEFT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT
4172 MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4173 MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT
4174 class MouseEvent(Event):
4175     """
4176     This event class contains information about the events generated by
4177     the mouse: they include mouse buttons press and release events and
4178     mouse move events.
4179
4180     All mouse events involving the buttons use ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT`` for
4181     the left mouse button, ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE`` for the middle one and
4182     ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT`` for the right one. Note that not all mice have
4183     a middle button so a portable application should avoid relying on the
4184     events from it.
4185
4186     Note the difference between methods like `LeftDown` and `LeftIsDown`:
4187     the former returns true when the event corresponds to the left mouse
4188     button click while the latter returns true if the left mouse button is
4189     currently being pressed. For example, when the user is dragging the
4190     mouse you can use `LeftIsDown` to test whether the left mouse button
4191     is (still) depressed. Also, by convention, if `LeftDown` returns true,
4192     `LeftIsDown` will also return true in wxWidgets whatever the
4193     underlying GUI behaviour is (which is platform-dependent). The same
4194     applies, of course, to other mouse buttons as well.
4195     """
4196     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4197     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4198     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4199         """
4200         __init__(self, EventType mouseType=wxEVT_NULL) -> MouseEvent
4201
4202         Constructs a wx.MouseEvent.  Valid event types are:
4203
4204             * wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
4205             * wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
4206             * wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
4207             * wxEVT_LEFT_UP
4208             * wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
4209             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
4210             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
4211             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
4212             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
4213             * wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
4214             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
4215             * wxEVT_MOTION
4216             * wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
4217         """
4218         _core_.MouseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4219     def IsButton(*args, **kwargs):
4220         """
4221         IsButton(self) -> bool
4222
4223         Returns true if the event was a mouse button event (not necessarily a
4224         button down event - that may be tested using `ButtonDown`).
4225         """
4226         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsButton(*args, **kwargs)
4227
4228     def ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs):
4229         """
4230         ButtonDown(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4231
4232         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4233         mouse button down event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4234         button-down event shold be checked for (see `Button` for the possible
4235         values).
4236         """
4237         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs)
4238
4239     def ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4240         """
4241         ButtonDClick(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4242
4243         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4244         mouse double click event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4245         double click event to check for (see `Button` for the possible
4246         values).
4247         """
4248         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4249
4250     def ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs):
4251         """
4252         ButtonUp(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4253
4254         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4255         mouse button up event. Otherwise the argument specifies which button
4256         up event to check for (see `Button` for the possible values).
4257         """
4258         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs)
4259
4260     def Button(*args, **kwargs):
4261         """
4262         Button(self, int button) -> bool
4263
4264         Returns true if the identified mouse button is changing state. Valid
4265         values of button are:
4266
4267              ====================      =====================================
4268              wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT         check if left button was pressed
4269              wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE       check if middle button was pressed
4270              wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT        check if right button was pressed
4271              wx.MOUSE_BTN_ANY          check if any button was pressed
4272              ====================      =====================================
4273
4274         """
4275         return _core_.MouseEvent_Button(*args, **kwargs)
4276
4277     def ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4278         """ButtonIsDown(self, int but) -> bool"""
4279         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4280
4281     def GetButton(*args, **kwargs):
4282         """
4283         GetButton(self) -> int
4284
4285         Returns the mouse button which generated this event or
4286         wx.MOUSE_BTN_NONE if no button is involved (for mouse move, enter or
4287         leave event, for example). Otherwise wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT is returned for
4288         the left button down, up and double click events, wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4289         and wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT for the same events for the middle and the
4290         right buttons respectively.
4291         """
4292         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetButton(*args, **kwargs)
4293
4294     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4295         """
4296         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4297
4298         Returns true if the control key was down at the time of the event.
4299         """
4300         return _core_.MouseEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4301
4302     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4303         """
4304         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4305
4306         Returns true if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4307         """
4308         return _core_.MouseEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4309
4310     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4311         """
4312         AltDown(self) -> bool
4313
4314         Returns true if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4315         """
4316         return _core_.MouseEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4317
4318     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4319         """
4320         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4321
4322         Returns true if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4323         """
4324         return _core_.MouseEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4325
4326     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4327         """
4328         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4329
4330         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4331         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4332         Macs. It often makes sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4333         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4334         elsewhere. The Ctrl key still exists, it's just not used for this
4335         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4336         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4337         """
4338         return _core_.MouseEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4339
4340     def LeftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4341         """
4342         LeftDown(self) -> bool
4343
4344         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to down.
4345         """
4346         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4347
4348     def MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs):
4349         """
4350         MiddleDown(self) -> bool
4351
4352         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to down.
4353         """
4354         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs)
4355
4356     def RightDown(*args, **kwargs):
4357         """
4358         RightDown(self) -> bool
4359
4360         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to down.
4361         """
4362         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDown(*args, **kwargs)
4363
4364     def LeftUp(*args, **kwargs):
4365         """
4366         LeftUp(self) -> bool
4367
4368         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to up.
4369         """
4370         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftUp(*args, **kwargs)
4371
4372     def MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs):
4373         """
4374         MiddleUp(self) -> bool
4375
4376         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to up.
4377         """
4378         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs)
4379
4380     def RightUp(*args, **kwargs):
4381         """
4382         RightUp(self) -> bool
4383
4384         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to up.
4385         """
4386         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightUp(*args, **kwargs)
4387
4388     def LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4389         """
4390         LeftDClick(self) -> bool
4391
4392         Returns true if the event was a left button double click.
4393         """
4394         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4395
4396     def MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4397         """
4398         MiddleDClick(self) -> bool
4399
4400         Returns true if the event was a middle button double click.
4401         """
4402         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4403
4404     def RightDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4405         """
4406         RightDClick(self) -> bool
4407
4408         Returns true if the event was a right button double click.
4409         """
4410         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4411
4412     def LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4413         """
4414         LeftIsDown(self) -> bool
4415
4416         Returns true if the left mouse button is currently down, independent
4417         of the current event type.
4418
4419         Please notice that it is not the same as LeftDown which returns true
4420         if the left mouse button was just pressed. Rather, it describes the
4421         state of the mouse button before the event happened.
4422
4423         This event is usually used in the mouse event handlers which process
4424         "move mouse" messages to determine whether the user is (still)
4425         dragging the mouse.
4426         """
4427         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4428
4429     def MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4430         """
4431         MiddleIsDown(self) -> bool
4432
4433         Returns true if the middle mouse button is currently down, independent
4434         of the current event type.
4435         """
4436         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4437
4438     def RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4439         """
4440         RightIsDown(self) -> bool
4441
4442         Returns true if the right mouse button is currently down, independent
4443         of the current event type.
4444         """
4445         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4446
4447     def Dragging(*args, **kwargs):
4448         """
4449         Dragging(self) -> bool
4450
4451         Returns true if this was a dragging event (motion while a button is
4452         depressed).
4453         """
4454         return _core_.MouseEvent_Dragging(*args, **kwargs)
4455
4456     def Moving(*args, **kwargs):
4457         """
4458         Moving(self) -> bool
4459
4460         Returns true if this was a motion event and no mouse buttons were
4461         pressed. If any mouse button is held pressed, then this method returns
4462         false and Dragging returns true.
4463         """
4464         return _core_.MouseEvent_Moving(*args, **kwargs)
4465
4466     def Entering(*args, **kwargs):
4467         """
4468         Entering(self) -> bool
4469
4470         Returns true if the mouse was entering the window.
4471         """
4472         return _core_.MouseEvent_Entering(*args, **kwargs)
4473
4474     def Leaving(*args, **kwargs):
4475         """
4476         Leaving(self) -> bool
4477
4478         Returns true if the mouse was leaving the window.
4479         """
4480         return _core_.MouseEvent_Leaving(*args, **kwargs)
4481
4482     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4483         """
4484         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4485
4486         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4487         event happened.
4488         """
4489         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4490
4491     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
4492         """
4493         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
4494
4495         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4496         event happened.
4497         """
4498         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
4499
4500     def GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4501         """
4502         GetLogicalPosition(self, DC dc) -> Point
4503
4504         Returns the logical mouse position in pixels (i.e. translated
4505         according to the translation set for the DC, which usually indicates
4506         that the window has been scrolled).
4507         """
4508         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4509
4510     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4511         """
4512         GetX(self) -> int
4513
4514         Returns X coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4515         """
4516         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4517
4518     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4519         """
4520         GetY(self) -> int
4521
4522         Returns Y coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4523         """
4524         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4525
4526     def GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs):
4527         """
4528         GetWheelRotation(self) -> int
4529
4530         Get wheel rotation, positive or negative indicates direction of
4531         rotation. Current devices all send an event when rotation is equal to
4532         +/-WheelDelta, but this allows for finer resolution devices to be
4533         created in the future. Because of this you shouldn't assume that one
4534         event is equal to 1 line or whatever, but you should be able to either
4535         do partial line scrolling or wait until +/-WheelDelta rotation values
4536         have been accumulated before scrolling.
4537         """
4538         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs)
4539
4540     def GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs):
4541         """
4542         GetWheelDelta(self) -> int
4543
4544         Get wheel delta, normally 120. This is the threshold for action to be
4545         taken, and one such action (for example, scrolling one increment)
4546         should occur for each delta.
4547         """
4548         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs)
4549
4550     def GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs):
4551         """
4552         GetLinesPerAction(self) -> int
4553
4554         Returns the configured number of lines (or whatever) to be scrolled
4555         per wheel action. Defaults to three.
4556         """
4557         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs)
4558
4559     def IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs):
4560         """
4561         IsPageScroll(self) -> bool
4562
4563         Returns true if the system has been setup to do page scrolling with
4564         the mouse wheel instead of line scrolling.
4565         """
4566         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs)
4567
4568     m_x = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_x_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_x_set)
4569     m_y = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_y_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_y_set)
4570     m_leftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_set)
4571     m_middleDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_set)
4572     m_rightDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_set)
4573     m_controlDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_set)
4574     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
4575     m_altDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_set)
4576     m_metaDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_set)
4577     m_wheelRotation = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_set)
4578     m_wheelDelta = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_set)
4579     m_linesPerAction = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_set)
4580 _core_.MouseEvent_swigregister(MouseEvent)
4581
4582 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4583
4584 class SetCursorEvent(Event):
4585     """
4586     A SetCursorEvent is generated when the mouse cursor is about to be set
4587     as a result of mouse motion. This event gives the application the
4588     chance to perform specific mouse cursor processing based on the
4589     current position of the mouse within the window. Use the `SetCursor`
4590     method to specify the cursor you want to be displayed.
4591     """
4592     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4593     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4594     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4595         """
4596         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> SetCursorEvent
4597
4598         Construct a new `wx.SetCursorEvent`.
4599         """
4600         _core_.SetCursorEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SetCursorEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4601     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4602         """
4603         GetX(self) -> int
4604
4605         Returns the X coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4606         """
4607         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4608
4609     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4610         """
4611         GetY(self) -> int
4612
4613         Returns the Y coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4614         """
4615         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4616
4617     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4618         """
4619         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor)
4620
4621         Sets the cursor associated with this event.
4622         """
4623         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4624
4625     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4626         """
4627         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
4628
4629         Returns a reference to the cursor specified by this event.
4630         """
4631         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4632
4633     def HasCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4634         """
4635         HasCursor(self) -> bool
4636
4637         Returns true if the cursor specified by this event is a valid cursor.
4638         """
4639         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_HasCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4640
4641 _core_.SetCursorEvent_swigregister(SetCursorEvent)
4642
4643 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4644
4645 class KeyEvent(Event):
4646     """
4647     This event class contains information about keypress and character
4648     events.  These events are only sent to the widget that currently has
4649     the keyboard focus.
4650
4651     Notice that there are three different kinds of keyboard events in
4652     wxWidgets: key down and up events and char events. The difference
4653     between the first two is clear - the first corresponds to a key press
4654     and the second to a key release - otherwise they are identical. Just
4655     note that if the key is maintained in a pressed state you will
4656     typically get a lot of (automatically generated) down events but only
4657     one up so it is wrong to assume that there is one up event
4658     corresponding to each down one.
4659
4660     Both key events provide untranslated key codes while the char event
4661     carries the translated one. The untranslated code for alphanumeric
4662     keys is always an upper case value. For the other keys it is one of
4663     WXK_XXX values from the keycodes table. The translated key is, in
4664     general, the character the user expects to appear as the result of the
4665     key combination when typing the text into a text entry zone, for
4666     example.
4667
4668     A few examples to clarify this (all assume that CAPS LOCK is unpressed
4669     and the standard US keyboard): when the 'A' key is pressed, the key
4670     down event key code is equal to ASCII A == 65. But the char event key
4671     code is ASCII a == 97. On the other hand, if you press both SHIFT and
4672     'A' keys simultaneously , the key code in key down event will still be
4673     just 'A' while the char event key code parameter will now be 'A' as
4674     well.
4675
4676     Although in this simple case it is clear that the correct key code
4677     could be found in the key down event handler by checking the value
4678     returned by `ShiftDown`, in general you should use EVT_CHAR for this
4679     as for non alphanumeric keys or non-US keyboard layouts the
4680     translation is keyboard-layout dependent and can only be done properly
4681     by the system itself.
4682
4683     Another kind of translation is done when the control key is pressed:
4684     for example, for CTRL-A key press the key down event still carries the
4685     same key code 'A' as usual but the char event will have key code of 1,
4686     the ASCII value of this key combination.
4687
4688     You may discover how the other keys on your system behave
4689     interactively by running the KeyEvents sample in the wxPython demo and
4690     pressing some keys while the blue box at the top has the keyboard
4691     focus.
4692
4693     **Note**: If a key down event is caught and the event handler does not
4694     call event.Skip() then the coresponding char event will not
4695     happen. This is by design and enables the programs that handle both
4696     types of events to be a bit simpler.
4697
4698     **Note for Windows programmers**: The key and char events in wxWidgets
4699     are similar to but slightly different from Windows WM_KEYDOWN and
4700     WM_CHAR events. In particular, Alt-x combination will generate a char
4701     event in wxWidgets (unless it is used as an accelerator).
4702
4703     **Tip**: be sure to call event.Skip() for events that you don't
4704     process in key event function, otherwise menu shortcuts may cease to
4705     work under Windows.
4706
4707     """
4708     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4709     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4710     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4711         """
4712         __init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> KeyEvent
4713
4714         Construct a new `wx.KeyEvent`.  Valid event types are:
4715             *
4716         """
4717         _core_.KeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_KeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4718     def GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
4719         """
4720         GetModifiers(self) -> int
4721
4722         Returns a bitmask of the current modifier settings.  Can be used to
4723         check if the key event has exactly the given modifiers without having
4724         to explicitly check that the other modifiers are not down.  For
4725         example::
4726
4727             if event.GetModifers() == wx.MOD_CONTROL:
4728                 DoSomething()
4729
4730         """
4731         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
4732
4733     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4734         """
4735         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4736
4737         Returns ``True`` if the Control key was down at the time of the event.
4738         """
4739         return _core_.KeyEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4740
4741     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4742         """
4743         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4744
4745         Returns ``True`` if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4746         """
4747         return _core_.KeyEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4748
4749     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4750         """
4751         AltDown(self) -> bool
4752
4753         Returns ``True`` if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4754         """
4755         return _core_.KeyEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4756
4757     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4758         """
4759         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4760
4761         Returns ``True`` if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4762         """
4763         return _core_.KeyEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4764
4765     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4766         """
4767         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4768
4769         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4770         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4771         Macs. It makes often sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4772         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4773         elsewhere. The Ctrl still exists, it's just not used for this
4774         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4775         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4776         """
4777         return _core_.KeyEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4778
4779     def HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
4780         """
4781         HasModifiers(self) -> bool
4782
4783         Returns true if either CTRL or ALT keys was down at the time of the
4784         key event. Note that this function does not take into account neither
4785         SHIFT nor META key states (the reason for ignoring the latter is that
4786         it is common for NUMLOCK key to be configured as META under X but the
4787         key presses even while NUMLOCK is on should be still processed
4788         normally).
4789         """
4790         return _core_.KeyEvent_HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
4791
4792     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
4793         """
4794         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
4795
4796         Returns the virtual key code. ASCII events return normal ASCII values,
4797         while non-ASCII events return values such as WXK_LEFT for the left
4798         cursor key. See `wx.KeyEvent` for a full list of the virtual key
4799         codes.
4800
4801         Note that in Unicode build, the returned value is meaningful only if
4802         the user entered a character that can be represented in current
4803         locale's default charset. You can obtain the corresponding Unicode
4804         character using `GetUnicodeKey`.
4805         """
4806         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
4807
4808     KeyCode = GetKeyCode
4809     def GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
4810         """
4811         GetUnicodeKey(self) -> int
4812
4813         Returns the Unicode character corresponding to this key event.  This
4814         function is only meaningfule in a Unicode build of wxPython.
4815         """
4816         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
4817
4818     GetUniChar = GetUnicodeKey
4819     def SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
4820         """
4821         SetUnicodeKey(self, int uniChar)
4822
4823         Set the Unicode value of the key event, but only if this is a Unicode
4824         build of wxPython.
4825         """
4826         return _core_.KeyEvent_SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
4827
4828     def GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
4829         """
4830         GetRawKeyCode(self) -> unsigned int
4831
4832         Returns the raw key code for this event. This is a platform-dependent
4833         scan code which should only be used in advanced
4834         applications. Currently the raw key codes are not supported by all
4835         ports.
4836         """
4837         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
4838
4839     def GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs):
4840         """
4841         GetRawKeyFlags(self) -> unsigned int
4842
4843         Returns the low level key flags for this event. The flags are
4844         platform-dependent and should only be used in advanced applications.
4845         Currently the raw key flags are not supported by all ports.
4846         """
4847         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs)
4848
4849     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4850         """
4851         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4852
4853         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
4854         """
4855         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4856
4857     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
4858         """
4859         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
4860
4861         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
4862         """
4863         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
4864
4865     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4866         """
4867         GetX(self) -> int
4868
4869         Returns the X position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
4870         applicable.
4871         """
4872         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4873
4874     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4875         """
4876         GetY(self) -> int
4877
4878         Returns the Y position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
4879         applicable.
4880         """
4881         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4882
4883     m_x = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_x_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_x_set)
4884     m_y = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_y_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_y_set)
4885     m_keyCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_set)
4886     m_controlDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_set)
4887     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
4888     m_altDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_set)
4889     m_metaDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_set)
4890     m_scanCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_set)
4891     m_rawCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_set)
4892     m_rawFlags = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_set)
4893 _core_.KeyEvent_swigregister(KeyEvent)
4894
4895 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4896
4897 class SizeEvent(Event):
4898     """
4899     A size event holds information about size change events.  The EVT_SIZE
4900     handler function will be called when the window it is bound to has
4901     been resized.
4902
4903     Note that the size passed is of the whole window: call
4904     `wx.Window.GetClientSize` for the area which may be used by the
4905     application.
4906
4907     When a window is resized, usually only a small part of the window is
4908     damaged and and that area is all that is in the update region for the
4909     next paint event. However, if your drawing depends on the size of the
4910     window, you may need to clear the DC explicitly and repaint the whole
4911     window. In which case, you may need to call `wx.Window.Refresh` to
4912     invalidate the entire window.
4913
4914     """
4915     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4916     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4917     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4918         """
4919         __init__(self, Size sz=DefaultSize, int winid=0) -> SizeEvent
4920
4921         Construct a new ``wx.SizeEvent``.
4922         """
4923         _core_.SizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4924     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
4925         """
4926         GetSize(self) -> Size
4927
4928         Returns the entire size of the window generating the size change
4929         event.
4930         """
4931         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
4932
4933     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
4934         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
4935         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
4936
4937     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
4938         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
4939         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
4940
4941     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
4942         """SetSize(self, Size size)"""
4943         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
4944
4945     m_size = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_size_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_size_set)
4946     m_rect = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_set)
4947 _core_.SizeEvent_swigregister(SizeEvent)
4948
4949 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4950
4951 class MoveEvent(Event):
4952     """
4953     This event object is sent for EVT_MOVE event bindings when a window is
4954     moved to a new position.
4955     """
4956     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4957     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4958     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4959         """
4960         __init__(self, Point pos=DefaultPosition, int winid=0) -> MoveEvent
4961
4962         Constructor.
4963         """
4964         _core_.MoveEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MoveEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4965     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4966         """
4967         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4968
4969         Returns the position of the window generating the move change event.
4970         """
4971         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4972
4973     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
4974         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
4975         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
4976
4977     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
4978         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
4979         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
4980
4981     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4982         """SetPosition(self, Point pos)"""
4983         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4984
4985     m_pos =  property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
4986     m_rect = property(GetRect, SetRect)
4987
4988 _core_.MoveEvent_swigregister(MoveEvent)
4989
4990 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4991
4992 class PaintEvent(Event):
4993     """
4994     A paint event is sent when a window's contents needs to be repainted.
4995     Note that in an EVT_PAINT handler the application must *always* create
4996     a `wx.PaintDC` object, even if you do not use it.  Otherwise MS
4997     Windows assumes that the window has not been painted yet and will send
4998     the event again, causing endless refreshes.
4999
5000     You can optimize painting by retrieving the rectangles that have been
5001     damaged using `wx.Window.GetUpdateRegion` and/or `wx.RegionIterator`,
5002     and only repainting these rectangles. The rectangles are in terms of
5003     the client area, and are unscrolled, so you will need to do some
5004     calculations using the current view position to obtain logical,
5005     scrolled units.
5006
5007     """
5008     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5009     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5010     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5011         """__init__(self, int Id=0) -> PaintEvent"""
5012         _core_.PaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5013 _core_.PaintEvent_swigregister(PaintEvent)
5014
5015 class NcPaintEvent(Event):
5016     """Proxy of C++ NcPaintEvent class"""
5017     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5018     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5019     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5020         """__init__(self, int winid=0) -> NcPaintEvent"""
5021         _core_.NcPaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NcPaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5022 _core_.NcPaintEvent_swigregister(NcPaintEvent)
5023
5024 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5025
5026 class EraseEvent(Event):
5027     """
5028     An erase event is sent whenever the background of a window needs to be
5029     repainted.  To intercept this event use the EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event
5030     binder.  On some platforms, such as GTK+, this event is simulated
5031     (simply generated just before the paint event) and may cause flicker.
5032
5033     To paint a custom background use the `GetDC` method and use the returned
5034     device context if it is not ``None``, otherwise create a temporary
5035     `wx.ClientDC` and draw on that.
5036
5037     """
5038     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5039     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5040     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5041         """
5042         __init__(self, int Id=0, DC dc=None) -> EraseEvent
5043
5044         Constructor
5045         """
5046         _core_.EraseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EraseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5047     def GetDC(*args, **kwargs):
5048         """
5049         GetDC(self) -> DC
5050
5051         Returns the device context the event handler should draw upon.  If
5052         ``None`` is returned then create a temporary `wx.ClientDC` and use
5053         that instead.
5054         """
5055         return _core_.EraseEvent_GetDC(*args, **kwargs)
5056
5057 _core_.EraseEvent_swigregister(EraseEvent)
5058
5059 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5060
5061 class FocusEvent(Event):
5062     """
5063     A focus event is sent when a window's focus changes. The window losing
5064     focus receives an EVT_KILL_FOCUS event while the window gaining it
5065     gets an EVT_SET_FOCUS event.
5066
5067     Notice that the set focus event happens both when the user gives focus
5068     to the window (whether using the mouse or keyboard) and when it is
5069     done from the program itself using `wx.Window.SetFocus`.
5070
5071     """
5072     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5073     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5074     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5075         """
5076         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> FocusEvent
5077
5078         Constructor
5079         """
5080         _core_.FocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5081     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5082         """
5083         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5084
5085         Returns the other window associated with this event, that is the
5086         window which had the focus before for the EVT_SET_FOCUS event and the
5087         window which is going to receive focus for the wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS event.
5088
5089         Warning: the window returned may be None!
5090         """
5091         return _core_.FocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5092
5093     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5094         """SetWindow(self, Window win)"""
5095         return _core_.FocusEvent_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5096
5097 _core_.FocusEvent_swigregister(FocusEvent)
5098
5099 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5100
5101 class ChildFocusEvent(CommandEvent):
5102     """
5103     wx.ChildFocusEvent notifies the parent that a child has received the
5104     focus.  Unlike `wx.FocusEvent` it is propagated up the window
5105     heirarchy.
5106     """
5107     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5108     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5109     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5110         """
5111         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> ChildFocusEvent
5112
5113         Constructor
5114         """
5115         _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ChildFocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5116     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5117         """
5118         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5119
5120         The window which has just received the focus.
5121         """
5122         return _core_.ChildFocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5123
5124 _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swigregister(ChildFocusEvent)
5125
5126 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5127
5128 class ActivateEvent(Event):
5129     """
5130     An activate event is sent when a top-level window or the entire
5131     application is being activated or deactivated.
5132
5133     A top-level window (a dialog or frame) receives an activate event when
5134     is being activated or deactivated. This is indicated visually by the
5135     title bar changing colour, and a subwindow gaining the keyboard focus.
5136     An application is activated or deactivated when one of its frames
5137     becomes activated, or a frame becomes inactivate resulting in all
5138     application frames being inactive.
5139
5140     Please note that usually you should call event.Skip() in your handlers
5141     for these events so the default handlers will still be called, as not
5142     doing so can result in strange effects.
5143
5144     """
5145     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5146     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5147     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5148         """
5149         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, bool active=True, int Id=0) -> ActivateEvent
5150
5151         Constructor
5152         """
5153         _core_.ActivateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ActivateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5154     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
5155         """
5156         GetActive(self) -> bool
5157
5158         Returns true if the application or window is being activated, false
5159         otherwise.
5160         """
5161         return _core_.ActivateEvent_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
5162
5163 _core_.ActivateEvent_swigregister(ActivateEvent)
5164
5165 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5166
5167 class InitDialogEvent(Event):
5168     """
5169     A wx.InitDialogEvent is sent as a dialog is being initialised, or for
5170     any window when `wx.Window.InitDialog` is called.  Handlers for this
5171     event can transfer data to the window, or anything else that should be
5172     done before the user begins editing the form. The default handler
5173     calls `wx.Window.TransferDataToWindow`.
5174     """
5175     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5176     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5177     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5178         """
5179         __init__(self, int Id=0) -> InitDialogEvent
5180
5181         Constructor
5182         """
5183         _core_.InitDialogEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InitDialogEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5184 _core_.InitDialogEvent_swigregister(InitDialogEvent)
5185
5186 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5187
5188 class MenuEvent(Event):
5189     """
5190     This class is used for a variety of menu-related events.  Note that
5191     these do not include menu command events, which are handled by sending
5192     `wx.CommandEvent` objects.
5193
5194     The default handler for wx.EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT displays menu item help
5195     text in the first field of the status bar.
5196     """
5197     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5198     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5199     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5200         """
5201         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Menu menu=None) -> MenuEvent
5202
5203         Constructor
5204         """
5205         _core_.MenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5206     def GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs):
5207         """
5208         GetMenuId(self) -> int
5209
5210         Returns the menu identifier associated with the event. This method
5211         should be only used with the HIGHLIGHT events.
5212         """
5213         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs)
5214
5215     def IsPopup(*args, **kwargs):
5216         """
5217         IsPopup(self) -> bool
5218
5219         Returns ``True`` if the menu which is being opened or closed is a
5220         popup menu, ``False`` if it is a normal one.  This method should only
5221         be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5222         """
5223         return _core_.MenuEvent_IsPopup(*args, **kwargs)
5224
5225     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
5226         """
5227         GetMenu(self) -> Menu
5228
5229         Returns the menu which is being opened or closed. This method should
5230         only be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5231         """
5232         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
5233
5234 _core_.MenuEvent_swigregister(MenuEvent)
5235
5236 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5237
5238 class CloseEvent(Event):
5239     """
5240     This event class contains information about window and session close
5241     events.
5242
5243     The handler function for EVT_CLOSE is called when the user has tried
5244     to close a a frame or dialog box using the window manager controls or
5245     the system menu. It can also be invoked by the application itself
5246     programmatically, for example by calling the `wx.Window.Close`
5247     function.
5248
5249     You should check whether the application is forcing the deletion of
5250     the window using `CanVeto`. If it returns ``False``, you must destroy
5251     the window using `wx.Window.Destroy`. If the return value is ``True``,
5252     it is up to you whether you respond by destroying the window or not.
5253     For example you may wish to display a message dialog prompting to save
5254     files or to cancel the close.
5255
5256     If you don't destroy the window, you should call `Veto` to let the
5257     calling code know that you did not destroy the window. This allows the
5258     `wx.Window.Close` function to return ``True`` or ``False`` depending
5259     on whether the close instruction was honored or not.
5260     """
5261     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5262     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5263     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5264         """
5265         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CloseEvent
5266
5267         Constructor.
5268         """
5269         _core_.CloseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CloseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5270     def SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5271         """
5272         SetLoggingOff(self, bool logOff)
5273
5274         Sets the 'logging off' flag.
5275         """
5276         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5277
5278     def GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5279         """
5280         GetLoggingOff(self) -> bool
5281
5282         Returns ``True`` if the user is logging off or ``False`` if the
5283         system is shutting down. This method can only be called for end
5284         session and query end session events, it doesn't make sense for close
5285         window event.
5286         """
5287         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5288
5289     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
5290         """
5291         Veto(self, bool veto=True)
5292
5293         Call this from your event handler to veto a system shutdown or to
5294         signal to the calling application that a window close did not happen.
5295
5296         You can only veto a shutdown or close if `CanVeto` returns true.
5297         """
5298         return _core_.CloseEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
5299
5300     def GetVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5301         """GetVeto(self) -> bool"""
5302         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5303
5304     def SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5305         """
5306         SetCanVeto(self, bool canVeto)
5307
5308         Sets the 'can veto' flag.
5309         """
5310         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5311
5312     def CanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5313         """
5314         CanVeto(self) -> bool
5315
5316         Returns true if you can veto a system shutdown or a window close
5317         event. Vetoing a window close event is not possible if the calling
5318         code wishes to force the application to exit, and so this function
5319         must be called to check this.
5320         """
5321         return _core_.CloseEvent_CanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5322
5323 _core_.CloseEvent_swigregister(CloseEvent)
5324
5325 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5326
5327 class ShowEvent(Event):
5328     """An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden."""
5329     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5330     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5331     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5332         """
5333         __init__(self, int winid=0, bool show=False) -> ShowEvent
5334
5335         An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden.
5336         """
5337         _core_.ShowEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ShowEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5338     def SetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5339         """SetShow(self, bool show)"""
5340         return _core_.ShowEvent_SetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5341
5342     def GetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5343         """GetShow(self) -> bool"""
5344         return _core_.ShowEvent_GetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5345
5346 _core_.ShowEvent_swigregister(ShowEvent)
5347
5348 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5349
5350 class IconizeEvent(Event):
5351     """
5352     An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5353     restored.
5354     """
5355     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5356     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5357     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5358         """
5359         __init__(self, int id=0, bool iconized=True) -> IconizeEvent
5360
5361         An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5362         restored.
5363         """
5364         _core_.IconizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IconizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5365     def Iconized(*args, **kwargs):
5366         """
5367         Iconized(self) -> bool
5368
5369         Returns ``True`` if the frame has been iconized, ``False`` if it has
5370         been restored.
5371         """
5372         return _core_.IconizeEvent_Iconized(*args, **kwargs)
5373
5374 _core_.IconizeEvent_swigregister(IconizeEvent)
5375
5376 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5377
5378 class MaximizeEvent(Event):
5379     """An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored."""
5380     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5381     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5382     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5383         """
5384         __init__(self, int id=0) -> MaximizeEvent
5385
5386         An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored.
5387         """
5388         _core_.MaximizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MaximizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5389 _core_.MaximizeEvent_swigregister(MaximizeEvent)
5390
5391 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5392
5393 class DropFilesEvent(Event):
5394     """
5395     This class is used for drop files events, that is, when files have
5396     been dropped onto the window. This functionality is only available
5397     under Windows. The window must have previously been enabled for
5398     dropping by calling `wx.Window.DragAcceptFiles`.
5399
5400     Important note: this is a separate implementation to the more general
5401     drag and drop implementation using `wx.FileDropTarget`, and etc. This
5402     implementation uses the older, Windows message-based approach of
5403     dropping files.
5404
5405     Use wx.EVT_DROP_FILES to bind an event handler to receive file drop
5406     events.
5407
5408     """
5409     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5410     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
5411     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5412     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5413         """
5414         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5415
5416         Returns the position at which the files were dropped.
5417         """
5418         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5419
5420     def GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5421         """
5422         GetNumberOfFiles(self) -> int
5423
5424         Returns the number of files dropped.
5425         """
5426         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5427
5428     def GetFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5429         """
5430         GetFiles(self) -> PyObject
5431
5432         Returns a list of the filenames that were dropped.
5433         """
5434         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5435
5436 _core_.DropFilesEvent_swigregister(DropFilesEvent)
5437
5438 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5439
5440 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL
5441 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
5442 class UpdateUIEvent(CommandEvent):
5443     """
5444     This class is used for EVT_UPDATE_UI pseudo-events which are sent by
5445     wxWidgets to give an application the chance to update various user
5446     interface elements.
5447
5448     Without update UI events, an application has to work hard to
5449     check/uncheck, enable/disable, and set the text for elements such as
5450     menu items and toolbar buttons. The code for doing this has to be
5451     mixed up with the code that is invoked when an action is invoked for a
5452     menu item or button.
5453
5454     With update UI events, you define an event handler to look at the
5455     state of the application and change UI elements accordingly. wxWidgets
5456     will call your handler functions in idle time, so you don't have to
5457     worry where to call this code. In addition to being a clearer and more
5458     declarative method, it also means you don't have to worry whether
5459     you're updating a toolbar or menubar identifier. The same handler can
5460     update a menu item and toolbar button, if the ID values are the same.
5461
5462     Instead of directly manipulating the menu or button, you call
5463     functions in the event object, such as `Check`. wxWidgets will
5464     determine whether such a call has been made, and which UI element to
5465     update.
5466
5467     These events will work for popup menus as well as menubars. Just
5468     before a menu is popped up, `wx.Menu.UpdateUI` is called to process
5469     any UI events for the window that owns the menu.
5470
5471     If you find that the overhead of UI update processing is affecting
5472     your application, you can do one or both of the following:
5473
5474        1. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` with a value of
5475           wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and set the extra style
5476           wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS for every window that should
5477           receive update events. No other windows will receive update
5478           events.
5479
5480        2. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` with a millisecond
5481           value to set the delay between updates. You may need to call
5482           `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` at critical points, for example when
5483           a dialog is about to be shown, in case the user sees a slight
5484           delay before windows are updated.
5485
5486     Note that although events are sent in idle time, defining a EVT_IDLE
5487     handler for a window does not affect this because the events are sent
5488     from an internal idle handler.
5489
5490     wxWidgets tries to optimize update events on some platforms. On
5491     Windows and GTK+, events for menubar items are only sent when the menu
5492     is about to be shown, and not in idle time.
5493
5494     """
5495     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5496     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5497     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5498         """
5499         __init__(self, int commandId=0) -> UpdateUIEvent
5500
5501         Constructor
5502         """
5503         _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_UpdateUIEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5504     def GetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5505         """
5506         GetChecked(self) -> bool
5507
5508         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be checked.
5509         """
5510         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5511
5512     def GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5513         """
5514         GetEnabled(self) -> bool
5515
5516         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be enabled.
5517         """
5518         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5519
5520     def GetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5521         """
5522         GetShown(self) -> bool
5523
5524         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be shown.
5525         """
5526         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5527
5528     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
5529         """
5530         GetText(self) -> String
5531
5532         Returns the text that should be set for the UI element.
5533         """
5534         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
5535
5536     def GetSetText(*args, **kwargs):
5537         """
5538         GetSetText(self) -> bool
5539
5540         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `SetText`. For
5541         wxWidgets internal use only.
5542         """
5543         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetText(*args, **kwargs)
5544
5545     def GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5546         """
5547         GetSetChecked(self) -> bool
5548
5549         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Check`. For wxWidgets
5550         internal use only.
5551         """
5552         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5553
5554     def GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5555         """
5556         GetSetEnabled(self) -> bool
5557
5558         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Enable`. For wxWidgets
5559         internal use only.
5560         """
5561         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5562
5563     def GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5564         """
5565         GetSetShown(self) -> bool
5566
5567         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Show`. For wxWidgets
5568         internal use only.
5569         """
5570         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5571
5572     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
5573         """
5574         Check(self, bool check)
5575
5576         Check or uncheck the UI element.
5577         """
5578         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Check(*args, **kwargs)
5579
5580     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
5581         """
5582         Enable(self, bool enable)
5583
5584         Enable or disable the UI element.
5585         """
5586         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
5587
5588     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
5589         """
5590         Show(self, bool show)
5591
5592         Show or hide the UI element.
5593         """
5594         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Show(*args, **kwargs)
5595
5596     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
5597         """
5598         SetText(self, String text)
5599
5600         Sets the text for this UI element.
5601         """
5602         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
5603
5604     def SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5605         """
5606         SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5607
5608         Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5609         disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5610         default is 0.
5611
5612         Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5613         application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5614         greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5615         at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5616         about to be shown.
5617         """
5618         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5619
5620     SetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(SetUpdateInterval)
5621     def GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5622         """
5623         GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5624
5625         Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5626         disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5627         """
5628         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5629
5630     GetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(GetUpdateInterval)
5631     def CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5632         """
5633         CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5634
5635         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5636         to) this window.
5637
5638         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
5639         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
5640         events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
5641         determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
5642         this will always return true because the update mode is initially
5643         wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
5644         events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
5645         that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
5646         interval.
5647
5648         """
5649         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
5650
5651     CanUpdate = staticmethod(CanUpdate)
5652     def ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs):
5653         """
5654         ResetUpdateTime()
5655
5656         Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
5657         is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
5658         is called at the end of idle processing.
5659         """
5660         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs)
5661
5662     ResetUpdateTime = staticmethod(ResetUpdateTime)
5663     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5664         """
5665         SetMode(int mode)
5666
5667         Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
5668         to those which specify that they will process the events.
5669
5670         The mode may be one of the following values:
5671
5672             =============================   ==========================================
5673             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
5674                                             is the default setting.
5675             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
5676                                             have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
5677                                             style set.
5678             =============================   ==========================================
5679
5680         """
5681         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5682
5683     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
5684     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5685         """
5686         GetMode() -> int
5687
5688         Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
5689         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
5690         events.
5691         """
5692         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5693
5694     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
5695 _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swigregister(UpdateUIEvent)
5696
5697 def UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5698   """
5699     UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5700
5701     Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5702     disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5703     default is 0.
5704
5705     Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5706     application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5707     greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5708     at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5709     about to be shown.
5710     """
5711   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5712
5713 def UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args):
5714   """
5715     UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5716
5717     Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5718     disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5719     """
5720   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args)
5721
5722 def UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5723   """
5724     UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5725
5726     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5727     to) this window.
5728
5729     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
5730     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
5731     events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
5732     determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
5733     this will always return true because the update mode is initially
5734     wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
5735     events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
5736     that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
5737     interval.
5738
5739     """
5740   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
5741
5742 def UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args):
5743   """
5744     UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime()
5745
5746     Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
5747     is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
5748     is called at the end of idle processing.
5749     """
5750   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args)
5751
5752 def UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5753   """
5754     UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(int mode)
5755
5756     Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
5757     to those which specify that they will process the events.
5758
5759     The mode may be one of the following values:
5760
5761         =============================   ==========================================
5762         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
5763                                         is the default setting.
5764         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
5765                                         have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
5766                                         style set.
5767         =============================   ==========================================
5768
5769     """
5770   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5771
5772 def UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args):
5773   """
5774     UpdateUIEvent_GetMode() -> int
5775
5776     Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
5777     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
5778     events.
5779     """
5780   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args)
5781
5782 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5783
5784 class SysColourChangedEvent(Event):
5785     """
5786     This class is used for EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, which are generated
5787     when the user changes the colour settings using the control
5788     panel. This is only applicable under Windows.
5789
5790     The default event handler for this event propagates the event to child
5791     windows, since Windows only sends the events to top-level windows. If
5792     intercepting this event for a top-level window, remember to call
5793     `Skip` so the the base class handler will still be executed, or to
5794     pass the event on to the window's children explicitly.
5795
5796     """
5797     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5798     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5799     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5800         """
5801         __init__(self) -> SysColourChangedEvent
5802
5803         Constructor
5804         """
5805         _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SysColourChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5806 _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister(SysColourChangedEvent)
5807
5808 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5809
5810 class MouseCaptureChangedEvent(Event):
5811     """
5812     An mouse capture changed event (EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED) is sent to
5813     a window that loses its mouse capture. This is called even if
5814     `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` was called by the application code. Handling
5815     this event allows an application to cater for unexpected capture
5816     releases which might otherwise confuse mouse handling code.
5817
5818     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5819     """
5820     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5821     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5822     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5823         """
5824         __init__(self, int winid=0, Window gainedCapture=None) -> MouseCaptureChangedEvent
5825
5826         Constructor
5827         """
5828         _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5829     def GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5830         """
5831         GetCapturedWindow(self) -> Window
5832
5833         Returns the window that gained the capture, or ``None`` if it was a
5834         non-wxWidgets window.
5835         """
5836         return _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5837
5838 _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureChangedEvent)
5839
5840 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5841
5842 class DisplayChangedEvent(Event):
5843     """
5844     An EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED event is sent to all windows when the display
5845     resolution has changed.
5846
5847     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5848     """
5849     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5850     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5851     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5852         """__init__(self) -> DisplayChangedEvent"""
5853         _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DisplayChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5854 _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister(DisplayChangedEvent)
5855
5856 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5857
5858 class PaletteChangedEvent(Event):
5859     """
5860     An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
5861     changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
5862     match.
5863
5864     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5865     """
5866     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5867     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5868     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5869         """
5870         __init__(self, int id=0) -> PaletteChangedEvent
5871
5872         An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
5873         changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
5874         match.
5875
5876         This event is implemented under Windows only.
5877         """
5878         _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaletteChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5879     def SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5880         """SetChangedWindow(self, Window win)"""
5881         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5882
5883     def GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5884         """GetChangedWindow(self) -> Window"""
5885         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5886
5887 _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister(PaletteChangedEvent)
5888
5889 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5890
5891 class QueryNewPaletteEvent(Event):
5892     """
5893     An EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETE event indicates the window is getting keyboard
5894     focus and should re-do its palette.
5895
5896     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5897     """
5898     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5899     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5900     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5901         """
5902         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> QueryNewPaletteEvent
5903
5904         Constructor.
5905         """
5906         _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_QueryNewPaletteEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5907     def SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
5908         """
5909         SetPaletteRealized(self, bool realized)
5910
5911         App should set this if it changes the palette.
5912         """
5913         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
5914
5915     def GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
5916         """GetPaletteRealized(self) -> bool"""
5917         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
5918
5919 _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister(QueryNewPaletteEvent)
5920
5921 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5922
5923 class NavigationKeyEvent(Event):
5924     """
5925     EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY events are used to control moving the focus between
5926     widgets, otherwise known as tab-traversal.  You woudl normally not
5927     catch navigation events in applications as there are already
5928     appropriate handlers in `wx.Dialog` and `wx.Panel`, but you may find
5929     it useful to send navigation events in certain situations to change
5930     the focus in certain ways, although it's probably easier to just call
5931     `wx.Window.Navigate`.
5932     """
5933     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5934     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5935     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5936         """__init__(self) -> NavigationKeyEvent"""
5937         _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NavigationKeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5938     def GetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
5939         """
5940         GetDirection(self) -> bool
5941
5942         Returns ``True`` if the direction is forward, ``False`` otherwise.
5943         """
5944         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
5945
5946     def SetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
5947         """
5948         SetDirection(self, bool forward)
5949
5950         Specify the direction that the navigation should take.  Usually the
5951         difference between using Tab and Shift-Tab.
5952         """
5953         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
5954
5955     def IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
5956         """
5957         IsWindowChange(self) -> bool
5958
5959         Returns ``True`` if window change is allowed.
5960         """
5961         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
5962
5963     def SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
5964         """
5965         SetWindowChange(self, bool ischange)
5966
5967         Specify if the navigation should be able to change parent windows.
5968         For example, changing notebook pages, etc. This is usually implemented
5969         by using Control-Tab.
5970         """
5971         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
5972
5973     def IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
5974         """
5975         IsFromTab(self) -> bool
5976
5977         Returns ``True`` if the navigation event is originated from the Tab
5978         key.
5979         """
5980         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
5981
5982     def SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
5983         """
5984         SetFromTab(self, bool bIs)
5985
5986         Set to true under MSW if the event was generated using the tab key.
5987         This is required for proper navogation over radio buttons.
5988         """
5989         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
5990
5991     def SetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
5992         """
5993         SetFlags(self, long flags)
5994
5995         Set the navigation flags to a combination of the following:
5996
5997             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsBackward
5998             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward
5999             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.WinChange
6000             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.FromTab
6001
6002         """
6003         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
6004
6005     def GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6006         """
6007         GetCurrentFocus(self) -> Window
6008
6009         Returns the child window which currenty has the focus.  May be
6010         ``None``.
6011         """
6012         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6013
6014     def SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6015         """
6016         SetCurrentFocus(self, Window win)
6017
6018         Set the window that has the focus.
6019         """
6020         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6021
6022     IsBackward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsBackward
6023     IsForward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsForward
6024     WinChange = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_WinChange
6025     FromTab = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_FromTab
6026 _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister(NavigationKeyEvent)
6027
6028 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6029
6030 class WindowCreateEvent(CommandEvent):
6031     """
6032     The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6033     underlying GUI object) exists.
6034     """
6035     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6036     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6037     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6038         """
6039         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowCreateEvent
6040
6041         The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6042         underlying GUI object) exists.
6043         """
6044         _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowCreateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6045     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6046         """
6047         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6048
6049         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6050         """
6051         return _core_.WindowCreateEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6052
6053 _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swigregister(WindowCreateEvent)
6054
6055 class WindowDestroyEvent(CommandEvent):
6056     """
6057     The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6058     when the GUI window is destroyed.
6059
6060     When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6061     have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6062     will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6063     received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6064     handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6065     notification of the destruction of another window.
6066     """
6067     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6068     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6069     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6070         """
6071         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowDestroyEvent
6072
6073         The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6074         when the GUI window is destroyed.
6075
6076         When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6077         have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6078         will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6079         received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6080         handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6081         notification of the destruction of another window.
6082         """
6083         _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowDestroyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6084     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6085         """
6086         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6087
6088         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6089         """
6090         return _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6091
6092 _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister(WindowDestroyEvent)
6093
6094 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6095
6096 class ContextMenuEvent(CommandEvent):
6097     """
6098     This class is used for context menu events (EVT_CONTECT_MENU,) sent to
6099     give the application a chance to show a context (popup) menu.
6100     """
6101     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6102     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6103     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6104         """
6105         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Point pt=DefaultPosition) -> ContextMenuEvent
6106
6107         Constructor.
6108         """
6109         _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ContextMenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6110     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6111         """
6112         GetPosition(self) -> Point
6113
6114         Returns the position (in screen coordinants) at which the menu should
6115         be shown.
6116         """
6117         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6118
6119     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6120         """
6121         SetPosition(self, Point pos)
6122
6123         Sets the position at which the menu should be shown.
6124         """
6125         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6126
6127 _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swigregister(ContextMenuEvent)
6128
6129 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6130
6131 IDLE_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL
6132 IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
6133 class IdleEvent(Event):
6134     """
6135     This class is used for EVT_IDLE events, which are generated and sent
6136     when the application *becomes* idle.  In other words, the when the
6137     event queue becomes empty then idle events are sent to all windows (by
6138     default) and as long as none of them call `RequestMore` then there are
6139     no more idle events until after the system event queue has some normal
6140     events and then becomes empty again.
6141
6142     By default, idle events are sent to all windows. If this is causing a
6143     significant overhead in your application, you can call
6144     `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode` with the value wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and
6145     set the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style for every window
6146     which should receive idle events.  Then idle events will only be sent
6147     to those windows and not to any others.
6148     """
6149     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6150     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6151     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6152         """
6153         __init__(self) -> IdleEvent
6154
6155         Constructor
6156         """
6157         _core_.IdleEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IdleEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6158     def RequestMore(*args, **kwargs):
6159         """
6160         RequestMore(self, bool needMore=True)
6161
6162         Tells wxWidgets that more processing is required. This function can be
6163         called by an EVT_IDLE handler for a window to indicate that the
6164         application should forward the EVT_IDLE event once more to the
6165         application windows. If no window calls this function during its
6166         EVT_IDLE handler, then the application will remain in a passive event
6167         loop until a new event is posted to the application by the windowing
6168         system.
6169         """
6170         return _core_.IdleEvent_RequestMore(*args, **kwargs)
6171
6172     def MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs):
6173         """
6174         MoreRequested(self) -> bool
6175
6176         Returns ``True`` if the OnIdle function processing this event
6177         requested more processing time.
6178         """
6179         return _core_.IdleEvent_MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs)
6180
6181     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6182         """
6183         SetMode(int mode)
6184
6185         Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6186         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6187         events.
6188
6189         The mode can be one of the following values:
6190
6191             =========================   ========================================
6192             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6193             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6194                                         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6195                                         flag set.
6196             =========================   ========================================
6197
6198         """
6199         return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6200
6201     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
6202     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6203         """
6204         GetMode() -> int
6205
6206         Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6207         idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6208         will process the events.
6209         """
6210         return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6211
6212     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
6213     def CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6214         """
6215         CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6216
6217         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6218         window.
6219
6220         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6221         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6222         events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6223         return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6224         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6225         to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6226         """
6227         return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6228
6229     CanSend = staticmethod(CanSend)
6230 _core_.IdleEvent_swigregister(IdleEvent)
6231
6232 def IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6233   """
6234     IdleEvent_SetMode(int mode)
6235
6236     Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6237     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6238     events.
6239
6240     The mode can be one of the following values:
6241
6242         =========================   ========================================
6243         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6244         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6245                                     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6246                                     flag set.
6247         =========================   ========================================
6248
6249     """
6250   return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6251
6252 def IdleEvent_GetMode(*args):
6253   """
6254     IdleEvent_GetMode() -> int
6255
6256     Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6257     idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6258     will process the events.
6259     """
6260   return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args)
6261
6262 def IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6263   """
6264     IdleEvent_CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6265
6266     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6267     window.
6268
6269     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6270     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6271     events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6272     return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6273     wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6274     to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6275     """
6276   return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6277
6278 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6279
6280 class ClipboardTextEvent(CommandEvent):
6281     """
6282     A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6283     copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6284     from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6285     popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6286     generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6287     """
6288     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6289     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6290     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6291         """
6292         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> ClipboardTextEvent
6293
6294         A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6295         copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6296         from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6297         popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6298         generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6299         """
6300         _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ClipboardTextEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6301 _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swigregister(ClipboardTextEvent)
6302
6303 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6304
6305 class PyEvent(Event):
6306     """
6307     wx.PyEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom event
6308     types in Python.  You should derived from this class instead of
6309     `wx.Event` because this class is Python-aware and is able to transport
6310     its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event system and have
6311     them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6312
6313     :see: `wx.PyCommandEvent`
6314
6315     """
6316     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6317     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6318     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6319         """__init__(self, int winid=0, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> PyEvent"""
6320         _core_.PyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6321         self._SetSelf(self)
6322
6323     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyEvent
6324     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6325     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6326         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6327         return _core_.PyEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6328
6329     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6330         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6331         return _core_.PyEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6332
6333 _core_.PyEvent_swigregister(PyEvent)
6334
6335 class PyCommandEvent(CommandEvent):
6336     """
6337     wx.PyCommandEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom
6338     event types in Python, where the event shoudl travel up to parent
6339     windows looking for a handler.  You should derived from this class
6340     instead of `wx.CommandEvent` because this class is Python-aware and is
6341     able to transport its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event
6342     system and have them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6343
6344     :see: `wx.PyEvent`
6345
6346     """
6347     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6348     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6349     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6350         """__init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL, int id=0) -> PyCommandEvent"""
6351         _core_.PyCommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6352         self._SetSelf(self)
6353
6354     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyCommandEvent
6355     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6356     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6357         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6358         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6359
6360     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6361         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6362         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6363
6364 _core_.PyCommandEvent_swigregister(PyCommandEvent)
6365
6366 class DateEvent(CommandEvent):
6367     """
6368     This event class holds information about a date change event and is
6369     used together with `wx.DatePickerCtrl`. It also serves as a base class
6370     for `wx.calendar.CalendarEvent`.  Bind these event types with
6371     EVT_DATE_CHANGED.
6372     """
6373     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6374     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6375     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6376         """__init__(self, Window win, DateTime dt, EventType type) -> DateEvent"""
6377         _core_.DateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6378     def GetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6379         """
6380         GetDate(self) -> DateTime
6381
6382         Returns the date.
6383         """
6384         return _core_.DateEvent_GetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6385
6386     def SetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6387         """
6388         SetDate(self, DateTime date)
6389
6390         Sets the date carried by the event, normally only used by the library
6391         internally.
6392         """
6393         return _core_.DateEvent_SetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6394
6395 _core_.DateEvent_swigregister(DateEvent)
6396
6397 wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
6398 EVT_DATE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED, 1 )
6399
6400 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6401
6402 PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS
6403 PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION
6404 PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG
6405 PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG
6406 PRINT_WINDOWS = _core_.PRINT_WINDOWS
6407 PRINT_POSTSCRIPT = _core_.PRINT_POSTSCRIPT
6408 class PyApp(EvtHandler):
6409     """
6410     The ``wx.PyApp`` class is an *implementation detail*, please use the
6411     `wx.App` class (or some other derived class) instead.
6412     """
6413     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6414     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6415     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6416         """
6417         __init__(self) -> PyApp
6418
6419         Create a new application object, starting the bootstrap process.
6420         """
6421         _core_.PyApp_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyApp(*args, **kwargs))
6422         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyApp, False)
6423         self._setOORInfo(self, False)
6424
6425     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyApp
6426     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6427     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
6428         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, bool incref)"""
6429         return _core_.PyApp__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
6430
6431     def GetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6432         """
6433         GetAppName(self) -> String
6434
6435         Get the application name.
6436         """
6437         return _core_.PyApp_GetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6438
6439     def SetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6440         """
6441         SetAppName(self, String name)
6442
6443         Set the application name. This value may be used automatically by
6444         `wx.Config` and such.
6445         """
6446         return _core_.PyApp_SetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6447
6448     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6449         """
6450         GetClassName(self) -> String
6451
6452         Get the application's class name.
6453         """
6454         return _core_.PyApp_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6455
6456     def SetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6457         """
6458         SetClassName(self, String name)
6459
6460         Set the application's class name. This value may be used for
6461         X-resources if applicable for the platform
6462         """
6463         return _core_.PyApp_SetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6464
6465     def GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6466         """
6467         GetVendorName(self) -> String
6468
6469         Get the application's vendor name.
6470         """
6471         return _core_.PyApp_GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6472
6473     def SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6474         """
6475         SetVendorName(self, String name)
6476
6477         Set the application's vendor name. This value may be used
6478         automatically by `wx.Config` and such.
6479         """
6480         return _core_.PyApp_SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6481
6482     def GetTraits(*args, **kwargs):
6483         """
6484         GetTraits(self) -> wxAppTraits
6485
6486         Return (and create if necessary) the app traits object to which we
6487         delegate for everything which either should be configurable by the
6488         user (then he can change the default behaviour simply by overriding
6489         CreateTraits() and returning his own traits object) or which is
6490         GUI/console dependent as then wx.AppTraits allows us to abstract the
6491         differences behind the common facade.
6492
6493         :todo: Add support for overriding CreateAppTraits in wxPython.
6494         """
6495         return _core_.PyApp_GetTraits(*args, **kwargs)
6496
6497     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6498         """
6499         ProcessPendingEvents(self)
6500
6501         Process all events in the Pending Events list -- it is necessary to
6502         call this function to process posted events. This normally happens
6503         during each event loop iteration.
6504         """
6505         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6506
6507     def Yield(*args, **kwargs):
6508         """
6509         Yield(self, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
6510
6511         Process all currently pending events right now, instead of waiting
6512         until return to the event loop.  It is an error to call ``Yield``
6513         recursively unless the value of ``onlyIfNeeded`` is True.
6514
6515         :warning: This function is dangerous as it can lead to unexpected
6516               reentrancies (i.e. when called from an event handler it may
6517               result in calling the same event handler again), use with
6518               extreme care or, better, don't use at all!
6519
6520         :see: `wx.Yield`, `wx.YieldIfNeeded`, `wx.SafeYield`
6521
6522         """
6523         return _core_.PyApp_Yield(*args, **kwargs)
6524
6525     def WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6526         """
6527         WakeUpIdle(self)
6528
6529         Make sure that idle events are sent again.
6530         :see: `wx.WakeUpIdle`
6531         """
6532         return _core_.PyApp_WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6533
6534     def IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs):
6535         """
6536         IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
6537
6538         Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
6539         currently be dispatched.
6540         """
6541         return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs)
6542
6543     IsMainLoopRunning = staticmethod(IsMainLoopRunning)
6544     def MainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6545         """
6546         MainLoop(self) -> int
6547
6548         Execute the main GUI loop, the function doesn't normally return until
6549         all top level windows have been closed and destroyed.
6550         """
6551         return _core_.PyApp_MainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6552
6553     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
6554         """
6555         Exit(self)
6556
6557         Exit the main loop thus terminating the application.
6558         :see: `wx.Exit`
6559         """
6560         return _core_.PyApp_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
6561
6562     def ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6563         """
6564         ExitMainLoop(self)
6565
6566         Exit the main GUI loop during the next iteration of the main
6567         loop, (i.e. it does not stop the program immediately!)
6568         """
6569         return _core_.PyApp_ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6570
6571     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
6572         """
6573         Pending(self) -> bool
6574
6575         Returns True if there are unprocessed events in the event queue.
6576         """
6577         return _core_.PyApp_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
6578
6579     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
6580         """
6581         Dispatch(self) -> bool
6582
6583         Process the first event in the event queue (blocks until an event
6584         appears if there are none currently)
6585         """
6586         return _core_.PyApp_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
6587
6588     def ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6589         """
6590         ProcessIdle(self) -> bool
6591
6592         Called from the MainLoop when the application becomes idle (there are
6593         no pending events) and sends a `wx.IdleEvent` to all interested
6594         parties.  Returns True if more idle events are needed, False if not.
6595         """
6596         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6597
6598     def SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6599         """
6600         SendIdleEvents(self, Window win, IdleEvent event) -> bool
6601
6602         Send idle event to window and all subwindows.  Returns True if more
6603         idle time is requested.
6604         """
6605         return _core_.PyApp_SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6606
6607     def IsActive(*args, **kwargs):
6608         """
6609         IsActive(self) -> bool
6610
6611         Return True if our app has focus.
6612         """
6613         return _core_.PyApp_IsActive(*args, **kwargs)
6614
6615     def SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6616         """
6617         SetTopWindow(self, Window win)
6618
6619         Set the *main* top level window
6620         """
6621         return _core_.PyApp_SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6622
6623     def GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6624         """
6625         GetTopWindow(self) -> Window
6626
6627         Return the *main* top level window (if it hadn't been set previously
6628         with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if
6629         there not any, will return None)
6630         """
6631         return _core_.PyApp_GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6632
6633     def SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6634         """
6635         SetExitOnFrameDelete(self, bool flag)
6636
6637         Control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the main
6638         loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level program
6639         window is deleted.  Beware that if you disable this behaviour (with
6640         SetExitOnFrameDelete(False)), you'll have to call ExitMainLoop()
6641         explicitly from somewhere.
6642         """
6643         return _core_.PyApp_SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6644
6645     def GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6646         """
6647         GetExitOnFrameDelete(self) -> bool
6648
6649         Get the current exit behaviour setting.
6650         """
6651         return _core_.PyApp_GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6652
6653     def SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6654         """
6655         SetUseBestVisual(self, bool flag)
6656
6657         Set whether the app should try to use the best available visual on
6658         systems where more than one is available, (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4, etc.)
6659         """
6660         return _core_.PyApp_SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
6661
6662     def GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6663         """
6664         GetUseBestVisual(self) -> bool
6665
6666         Get current UseBestVisual setting.
6667         """
6668         return _core_.PyApp_GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
6669
6670     def SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
6671         """SetPrintMode(self, int mode)"""
6672         return _core_.PyApp_SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
6673
6674     def GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
6675         """GetPrintMode(self) -> int"""
6676         return _core_.PyApp_GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
6677
6678     def SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
6679         """
6680         SetAssertMode(self, int mode)
6681
6682         Set the OnAssert behaviour for debug and hybrid builds.
6683         """
6684         return _core_.PyApp_SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
6685
6686     def GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
6687         """
6688         GetAssertMode(self) -> int
6689
6690         Get the current OnAssert behaviour setting.
6691         """
6692         return _core_.PyApp_GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
6693
6694     def GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6695         """GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
6696         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6697
6698     GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
6699     def GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6700         """GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
6701         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6702
6703     GetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacAboutMenuItemId)
6704     def GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6705         """GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
6706         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6707
6708     GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
6709     def GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6710         """GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
6711         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6712
6713     GetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacExitMenuItemId)
6714     def GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6715         """GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
6716         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6717
6718     GetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(GetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
6719     def SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6720         """SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
6721         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6722
6723     SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
6724     def SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6725         """SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
6726         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6727
6728     SetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacAboutMenuItemId)
6729     def SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6730         """SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
6731         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6732
6733     SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
6734     def SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6735         """SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
6736         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6737
6738     SetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacExitMenuItemId)
6739     def SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6740         """SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
6741         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6742
6743     SetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(SetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
6744     def _BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs):
6745         """
6746         _BootstrapApp(self)
6747
6748         For internal use only
6749         """
6750         return _core_.PyApp__BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs)
6751
6752     def GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs):
6753         """
6754         GetComCtl32Version() -> int
6755
6756         Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
6757         it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
6758         """
6759         return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs)
6760
6761     GetComCtl32Version = staticmethod(GetComCtl32Version)
6762 _core_.PyApp_swigregister(PyApp)
6763
6764 def PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args):
6765   """
6766     PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
6767
6768     Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
6769     currently be dispatched.
6770     """
6771   return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args)
6772
6773 def PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args):
6774   """PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
6775   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args)
6776
6777 def PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args):
6778   """PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
6779   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args)
6780
6781 def PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args):
6782   """PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
6783   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args)
6784
6785 def PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args):
6786   """PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
6787   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args)
6788
6789 def PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args):
6790   """PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
6791   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args)
6792
6793 def PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6794   """PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
6795   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6796
6797 def PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6798   """PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
6799   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6800
6801 def PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6802   """PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
6803   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6804
6805 def PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6806   """PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
6807   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6808
6809 def PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6810   """PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
6811   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6812
6813 def PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args):
6814   """
6815     PyApp_GetComCtl32Version() -> int
6816
6817     Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
6818     it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
6819     """
6820   return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args)
6821
6822 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6823
6824
6825 def Exit(*args):
6826   """
6827     Exit()
6828
6829     Force an exit of the application.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Exit()
6830     """
6831   return _core_.Exit(*args)
6832
6833 def Yield(*args):
6834   """
6835     Yield() -> bool
6836
6837     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield()
6838     """
6839   return _core_.Yield(*args)
6840
6841 def YieldIfNeeded(*args):
6842   """
6843     YieldIfNeeded() -> bool
6844
6845     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield(True)
6846     """
6847   return _core_.YieldIfNeeded(*args)
6848
6849 def SafeYield(*args, **kwargs):
6850   """
6851     SafeYield(Window win=None, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
6852
6853     This function is similar to `wx.Yield`, except that it disables the
6854     user input to all program windows before calling `wx.Yield` and
6855     re-enables it again afterwards. If ``win`` is not None, this window
6856     will remain enabled, allowing the implementation of some limited user
6857     interaction.
6858
6859     :Returns: the result of the call to `wx.Yield`.
6860     """
6861   return _core_.SafeYield(*args, **kwargs)
6862
6863 def WakeUpIdle(*args):
6864   """
6865     WakeUpIdle()
6866
6867     Cause the message queue to become empty again, so idle events will be
6868     sent.
6869     """
6870   return _core_.WakeUpIdle(*args)
6871
6872 def PostEvent(*args, **kwargs):
6873   """
6874     PostEvent(EvtHandler dest, Event event)
6875
6876     Send an event to a window or other wx.EvtHandler to be processed
6877     later.
6878     """
6879   return _core_.PostEvent(*args, **kwargs)
6880
6881 def App_CleanUp(*args):
6882   """
6883     App_CleanUp()
6884
6885     For internal use only, it is used to cleanup after wxWidgets when
6886     Python shuts down.
6887     """
6888   return _core_.App_CleanUp(*args)
6889
6890 def GetApp(*args):
6891   """
6892     GetApp() -> PyApp
6893
6894     Return a reference to the current wx.App object.
6895     """
6896   return _core_.GetApp(*args)
6897
6898 def SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs):
6899   """
6900     SetDefaultPyEncoding(string encoding)
6901
6902     Sets the encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to convert a
6903     Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
6904
6905     The default encoding is the value of ``locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]``
6906     but please be aware that the default encoding within the same locale
6907     may be slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please
6908     see http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
6909     between the common latin/roman encodings.
6910     """
6911   return _core_.SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs)
6912
6913 def GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args):
6914   """
6915     GetDefaultPyEncoding() -> string
6916
6917     Gets the current encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to
6918     convert a Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
6919     """
6920   return _core_.GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args)
6921 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
6922
6923 class PyOnDemandOutputWindow:
6924     """
6925     A class that can be used for redirecting Python's stdout and
6926     stderr streams.  It will do nothing until something is wrriten to
6927     the stream at which point it will create a Frame with a text area
6928     and write the text there.
6929     """
6930     def __init__(self, title = "wxPython: stdout/stderr"):
6931         self.frame  = None
6932         self.title  = title
6933         self.pos    = wx.DefaultPosition
6934         self.size   = (450, 300)
6935         self.parent = None
6936
6937     def SetParent(self, parent):
6938         """Set the window to be used as the popup Frame's parent."""
6939         self.parent = parent
6940
6941
6942     def CreateOutputWindow(self, st):
6943         self.frame = wx.Frame(self.parent, -1, self.title, self.pos, self.size,
6944                               style=wx.DEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE)
6945         self.text  = wx.TextCtrl(self.frame, -1, "",
6946                                  style=wx.TE_MULTILINE|wx.TE_READONLY)
6947         self.text.AppendText(st)
6948         self.frame.Show(True)
6949         self.frame.Bind(wx.EVT_CLOSE, self.OnCloseWindow)
6950
6951
6952     def OnCloseWindow(self, event):
6953         if self.frame is not None:
6954             self.frame.Destroy()
6955         self.frame = None
6956         self.text  = None
6957
6958
6959     # These methods provide the file-like output behaviour.
6960     def write(self, text):
6961         """
6962         Create the output window if needed and write the string to it.
6963         If not called in the context of the gui thread then uses
6964         CallAfter to do the work there.
6965         """
6966         if self.frame is None:
6967             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
6968                 wx.CallAfter(self.CreateOutputWindow, text)
6969             else:
6970                 self.CreateOutputWindow(text)
6971         else:
6972             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
6973                 wx.CallAfter(self.text.AppendText, text)
6974             else:
6975                 self.text.AppendText(text)
6976
6977
6978     def close(self):
6979         if self.frame is not None:
6980             wx.CallAfter(self.frame.Close)
6981
6982
6983     def flush(self):
6984         pass
6985
6986
6987
6988 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
6989
6990 _defRedirect = (wx.Platform == '__WXMSW__' or wx.Platform == '__WXMAC__')
6991
6992 class App(wx.PyApp):
6993     """
6994     The ``wx.App`` class represents the application and is used to:
6995
6996       * bootstrap the wxPython system and initialize the underlying
6997         gui toolkit
6998       * set and get application-wide properties
6999       * implement the windowing system main message or event loop,
7000         and to dispatch events to window instances
7001       * etc.
7002
7003     Every application must have a ``wx.App`` instance, and all
7004     creation of UI objects should be delayed until after the
7005     ``wx.App`` object has been created in order to ensure that the gui
7006     platform and wxWidgets have been fully initialized.
7007
7008     Normally you would derive from this class and implement an
7009     ``OnInit`` method that creates a frame and then calls
7010     ``self.SetTopWindow(frame)``.
7011
7012     :see: `wx.PySimpleApp` for a simpler app class that can be used
7013            directly.
7014     """
7015
7016     outputWindowClass = PyOnDemandOutputWindow
7017
7018     def __init__(self, redirect=_defRedirect, filename=None,
7019                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7020         """
7021         Construct a ``wx.App`` object.
7022
7023         :param redirect: Should ``sys.stdout`` and ``sys.stderr`` be
7024             redirected?  Defaults to True on Windows and Mac, False
7025             otherwise.  If `filename` is None then output will be
7026             redirected to a window that pops up as needed.  (You can
7027             control what kind of window is created for the output by
7028             resetting the class variable ``outputWindowClass`` to a
7029             class of your choosing.)
7030
7031         :param filename: The name of a file to redirect output to, if
7032             redirect is True.
7033
7034         :param useBestVisual: Should the app try to use the best
7035             available visual provided by the system (only relevant on
7036             systems that have more than one visual.)  This parameter
7037             must be used instead of calling `SetUseBestVisual` later
7038             on because it must be set before the underlying GUI
7039             toolkit is initialized.
7040
7041         :param clearSigInt: Should SIGINT be cleared?  This allows the
7042             app to terminate upon a Ctrl-C in the console like other
7043             GUI apps will.
7044
7045         :note: You should override OnInit to do applicaition
7046             initialization to ensure that the system, toolkit and
7047             wxWidgets are fully initialized.
7048         """
7049         wx.PyApp.__init__(self)
7050
7051         if wx.Platform == "__WXMAC__":
7052             try:
7053                 import MacOS
7054                 if not MacOS.WMAvailable():
7055                     print """\
7056 This program needs access to the screen. Please run with 'pythonw',
7057 not 'python', and only when you are logged in on the main display of
7058 your Mac."""
7059                     _sys.exit(1)
7060             except SystemExit:
7061                 raise
7062             except:
7063                 pass
7064
7065         # This has to be done before OnInit
7066         self.SetUseBestVisual(useBestVisual)
7067
7068         # Set the default handler for SIGINT.  This fixes a problem
7069         # where if Ctrl-C is pressed in the console that started this
7070         # app then it will not appear to do anything, (not even send
7071         # KeyboardInterrupt???)  but will later segfault on exit.  By
7072         # setting the default handler then the app will exit, as
7073         # expected (depending on platform.)
7074         if clearSigInt:
7075             try:
7076                 import signal
7077                 signal.signal(signal.SIGINT, signal.SIG_DFL)
7078             except:
7079                 pass
7080
7081         # Save and redirect the stdio to a window?
7082         self.stdioWin = None
7083         self.saveStdio = (_sys.stdout, _sys.stderr)
7084         if redirect:
7085             self.RedirectStdio(filename)
7086
7087         # Use Python's install prefix as the default
7088         wx.StandardPaths.Get().SetInstallPrefix(_sys.prefix)
7089
7090         # This finishes the initialization of wxWindows and then calls
7091         # the OnInit that should be present in the derived class
7092         self._BootstrapApp()
7093
7094
7095     def OnPreInit(self):
7096         """
7097         Things that must be done after _BootstrapApp has done its
7098         thing, but would be nice if they were already done by the time
7099         that OnInit is called.
7100         """
7101         wx.StockGDI._initStockObjects()
7102
7103
7104     def __del__(self, destroy=wx.PyApp.__del__):
7105         self.RestoreStdio()  # Just in case the MainLoop was overridden
7106         destroy(self)
7107
7108     def Destroy(self):
7109         wx.PyApp.Destroy(self)
7110         self.thisown = 0
7111
7112     def SetTopWindow(self, frame):
7113         """Set the \"main\" top level window"""
7114         if self.stdioWin:
7115             self.stdioWin.SetParent(frame)
7116         wx.PyApp.SetTopWindow(self, frame)
7117
7118
7119     def MainLoop(self):
7120         """Execute the main GUI event loop"""
7121         wx.PyApp.MainLoop(self)
7122         self.RestoreStdio()
7123
7124
7125     def RedirectStdio(self, filename=None):
7126         """Redirect sys.stdout and sys.stderr to a file or a popup window."""
7127         if filename:
7128             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = open(filename, 'a')
7129         else:
7130             self.stdioWin = self.outputWindowClass()
7131             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = self.stdioWin
7132
7133
7134     def RestoreStdio(self):
7135         try:
7136             _sys.stdout, _sys.stderr = self.saveStdio
7137         except:
7138             pass
7139
7140
7141     def SetOutputWindowAttributes(self, title=None, pos=None, size=None):
7142         """
7143         Set the title, position and/or size of the output window if
7144         the stdio has been redirected.  This should be called before
7145         any output would cause the output window to be created.
7146         """
7147         if self.stdioWin:
7148             if title is not None:
7149                 self.stdioWin.title = title
7150             if pos is not None:
7151                 self.stdioWin.pos = pos
7152             if size is not None:
7153                 self.stdioWin.size = size
7154
7155
7156
7157
7158 # change from wx.PyApp_XX to wx.App_XX
7159 App_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7160 App_GetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId
7161 App_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7162 App_GetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId
7163 App_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7164 App_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7165 App_SetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId
7166 App_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7167 App_SetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId
7168 App_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7169 App_GetComCtl32Version           = _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version
7170
7171 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7172
7173 class PySimpleApp(wx.App):
7174     """
7175     A simple application class.  You can just create one of these and
7176     then then make your top level windows later, and not have to worry
7177     about OnInit.  For example::
7178
7179         app = wx.PySimpleApp()
7180         frame = wx.Frame(None, title='Hello World')
7181         frame.Show()
7182         app.MainLoop()
7183
7184     :see: `wx.App`
7185     """
7186
7187     def __init__(self, redirect=False, filename=None,
7188                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7189         """
7190         :see: `wx.App.__init__`
7191         """
7192         wx.App.__init__(self, redirect, filename, useBestVisual, clearSigInt)
7193
7194     def OnInit(self):
7195         return True
7196
7197
7198
7199 # Is anybody using this one?
7200 class PyWidgetTester(wx.App):
7201     def __init__(self, size = (250, 100)):
7202         self.size = size
7203         wx.App.__init__(self, 0)
7204
7205     def OnInit(self):
7206         self.frame = wx.Frame(None, -1, "Widget Tester", pos=(0,0), size=self.size)
7207         self.SetTopWindow(self.frame)
7208         return True
7209
7210     def SetWidget(self, widgetClass, *args, **kwargs):
7211         w = widgetClass(self.frame, *args, **kwargs)
7212         self.frame.Show(True)
7213
7214 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7215 # DO NOT hold any other references to this object.  This is how we
7216 # know when to cleanup system resources that wxWidgets is holding.  When
7217 # the sys module is unloaded, the refcount on sys.__wxPythonCleanup
7218 # goes to zero and it calls the wx.App_CleanUp function.
7219
7220 class __wxPyCleanup:
7221     def __init__(self):
7222         self.cleanup = _core_.App_CleanUp
7223     def __del__(self):
7224         self.cleanup()
7225
7226 _sys.__wxPythonCleanup = __wxPyCleanup()
7227
7228 ## # another possible solution, but it gets called too early...
7229 ## import atexit
7230 ## atexit.register(_core_.wxApp_CleanUp)
7231
7232
7233 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7234
7235 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7236
7237 class EventLoop(object):
7238     """Proxy of C++ EventLoop class"""
7239     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7240     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7241     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7242         """__init__(self) -> EventLoop"""
7243         _core_.EventLoop_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoop(*args, **kwargs))
7244     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoop
7245     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7246     def Run(*args, **kwargs):
7247         """Run(self) -> int"""
7248         return _core_.EventLoop_Run(*args, **kwargs)
7249
7250     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
7251         """Exit(self, int rc=0)"""
7252         return _core_.EventLoop_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
7253
7254     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
7255         """Pending(self) -> bool"""
7256         return _core_.EventLoop_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
7257
7258     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
7259         """Dispatch(self) -> bool"""
7260         return _core_.EventLoop_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
7261
7262     def IsRunning(*args, **kwargs):
7263         """IsRunning(self) -> bool"""
7264         return _core_.EventLoop_IsRunning(*args, **kwargs)
7265
7266     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7267         """GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7268         return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7269
7270     GetActive = staticmethod(GetActive)
7271     def SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7272         """SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7273         return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7274
7275     SetActive = staticmethod(SetActive)
7276 _core_.EventLoop_swigregister(EventLoop)
7277
7278 def EventLoop_GetActive(*args):
7279   """EventLoop_GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7280   return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args)
7281
7282 def EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7283   """EventLoop_SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7284   return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7285
7286 class EventLoopActivator(object):
7287     """Proxy of C++ EventLoopActivator class"""
7288     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7289     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7290     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7291         """__init__(self, EventLoop evtLoop) -> EventLoopActivator"""
7292         _core_.EventLoopActivator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoopActivator(*args, **kwargs))
7293     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoopActivator
7294     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7295 _core_.EventLoopActivator_swigregister(EventLoopActivator)
7296
7297 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7298
7299 class AcceleratorEntry(object):
7300     """
7301     A class used to define items in an `wx.AcceleratorTable`.  wxPython
7302     programs can choose to use wx.AcceleratorEntry objects, but using a
7303     list of 3-tuple of integers (flags, keyCode, cmdID) usually works just
7304     as well.  See `__init__` for  of the tuple values.
7305
7306     :see: `wx.AcceleratorTable`
7307     """
7308     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7309     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7310     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7311         """
7312         __init__(self, int flags=0, int keyCode=0, int cmdID=0) -> AcceleratorEntry
7313
7314         Construct a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7315         """
7316         _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorEntry(*args, **kwargs))
7317     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorEntry
7318     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7319     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
7320         """
7321         Set(self, int flags, int keyCode, int cmd)
7322
7323         (Re)set the attributes of a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7324         :see `__init__`
7325         """
7326         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Set(*args, **kwargs)
7327
7328     def GetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
7329         """
7330         GetFlags(self) -> int
7331
7332         Get the AcceleratorEntry's flags.
7333         """
7334         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
7335
7336     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
7337         """
7338         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
7339
7340         Get the AcceleratorEntry's keycode.
7341         """
7342         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
7343
7344     def GetCommand(*args, **kwargs):
7345         """
7346         GetCommand(self) -> int
7347
7348         Get the AcceleratorEntry's command ID.
7349         """
7350         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetCommand(*args, **kwargs)
7351
7352 _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swigregister(AcceleratorEntry)
7353
7354 class AcceleratorTable(Object):
7355     """
7356     An accelerator table allows the application to specify a table of
7357     keyboard shortcuts for menus or other commands. On Windows, menu or
7358     button commands are supported; on GTK, only menu commands are
7359     supported.
7360     """
7361     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7362     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7363     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7364         """
7365         __init__(entries) -> AcceleratorTable
7366
7367         Construct an AcceleratorTable from a list of `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7368         items or or of 3-tuples (flags, keyCode, cmdID)
7369
7370         :see: `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7371         """
7372         _core_.AcceleratorTable_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs))
7373     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorTable
7374     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7375     def Ok(*args, **kwargs):
7376         """Ok(self) -> bool"""
7377         return _core_.AcceleratorTable_Ok(*args, **kwargs)
7378
7379 _core_.AcceleratorTable_swigregister(AcceleratorTable)
7380
7381
7382 def GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs):
7383   """GetAccelFromString(String label) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
7384   return _core_.GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs)
7385 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7386
7387 class VisualAttributes(object):
7388     """struct containing all the visual attributes of a control"""
7389     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7390     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7391     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7392         """
7393         __init__(self) -> VisualAttributes
7394
7395         struct containing all the visual attributes of a control
7396         """
7397         _core_.VisualAttributes_swiginit(self,_core_.new_VisualAttributes(*args, **kwargs))
7398     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_VisualAttributes
7399     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7400     font = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_font_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_font_set)
7401     colFg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_set)
7402     colBg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_set)
7403 _core_.VisualAttributes_swigregister(VisualAttributes)
7404 NullAcceleratorTable = cvar.NullAcceleratorTable
7405 PanelNameStr = cvar.PanelNameStr
7406
7407 WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL
7408 WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL
7409 WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI
7410 WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE
7411 WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX
7412 class Window(EvtHandler):
7413     """
7414     wx.Window is the base class for all windows and represents any visible
7415     object on the screen. All controls, top level windows and so on are
7416     wx.Windows. Sizers and device contexts are not however, as they don't
7417     appear on screen themselves.
7418
7419     """
7420     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7421     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7422     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7423         """
7424         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7425             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> Window
7426
7427         Construct and show a generic Window.
7428         """
7429         _core_.Window_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Window(*args, **kwargs))
7430         self._setOORInfo(self)
7431
7432     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
7433         """
7434         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7435             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> bool
7436
7437         Create the GUI part of the Window for 2-phase creation mode.
7438         """
7439         return _core_.Window_Create(*args, **kwargs)
7440
7441     def Close(*args, **kwargs):
7442         """
7443         Close(self, bool force=False) -> bool
7444
7445         This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually
7446         tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,
7447         however.  If force is False (the default) then the window's close
7448         handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.
7449         """
7450         return _core_.Window_Close(*args, **kwargs)
7451
7452     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
7453         """
7454         Destroy(self) -> bool
7455
7456         Destroys the window safely.  Frames and dialogs are not destroyed
7457         immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list
7458         of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events
7459         have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to
7460         non-existent windows.
7461
7462         Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it
7463         has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion.
7464         """
7465         val = _core_.Window_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
7466         args[0].thisown = 0
7467         return val
7468
7469     def DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs):
7470         """
7471         DestroyChildren(self) -> bool
7472
7473         Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the
7474         destructor.
7475         """
7476         return _core_.Window_DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs)
7477
7478     def IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs):
7479         """
7480         IsBeingDeleted(self) -> bool
7481
7482         Is the window in the process of being deleted?
7483         """
7484         return _core_.Window_IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs)
7485
7486     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7487         """
7488         SetLabel(self, String label)
7489
7490         Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.
7491         """
7492         return _core_.Window_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7493
7494     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7495         """
7496         GetLabel(self) -> String
7497
7498         Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification
7499         purposes.  The interpretation of this function differs from class to
7500         class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For
7501         buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function
7502         can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs
7503         access programs)which need to identify windows by name.
7504         """
7505         return _core_.Window_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7506
7507     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
7508         """
7509         SetName(self, String name)
7510
7511         Sets the window's name.  The window name is used for ressource setting
7512         in X, it is not the same as the window title/label
7513         """
7514         return _core_.Window_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
7515
7516     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
7517         """
7518         GetName(self) -> String
7519
7520         Returns the windows name.  This name is not guaranteed to be unique;
7521         it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window
7522         constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.
7523         """
7524         return _core_.Window_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
7525
7526     def SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7527         """
7528         SetWindowVariant(self, int variant)
7529
7530         Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if
7531         the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.
7532         """
7533         return _core_.Window_SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7534
7535     def GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7536         """GetWindowVariant(self) -> int"""
7537         return _core_.Window_GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7538
7539     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
7540         """
7541         SetId(self, int winid)
7542
7543         Sets the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7544         identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier
7545         will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on
7546         creation and should not be modified subsequently.
7547         """
7548         return _core_.Window_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
7549
7550     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
7551         """
7552         GetId(self) -> int
7553
7554         Returns the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7555         identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id
7556         -1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be
7557         generated.
7558         """
7559         return _core_.Window_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
7560
7561     def NewControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7562         """
7563         NewControlId() -> int
7564
7565         Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
7566         """
7567         return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7568
7569     NewControlId = staticmethod(NewControlId)
7570     def NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7571         """
7572         NextControlId(int winid) -> int
7573
7574         Get the id of the control following the one with the given
7575         autogenerated) id
7576         """
7577         return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7578
7579     NextControlId = staticmethod(NextControlId)
7580     def PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7581         """
7582         PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
7583
7584         Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
7585         autogenerated) id
7586         """
7587         return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7588
7589     PrevControlId = staticmethod(PrevControlId)
7590     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
7591         """
7592         SetSize(self, Size size)
7593
7594         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
7595         """
7596         return _core_.Window_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
7597
7598     def SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs):
7599         """
7600         SetDimensions(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
7601
7602         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels.  The sizeFlags
7603         parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are
7604         equal to -1.
7605
7606             ========================  ======================================
7607             wx.SIZE_AUTO              A -1 indicates that a class-specific
7608                                       default should be used.
7609             wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING      Axisting dimensions should be used if
7610                                       -1 values are supplied.
7611             wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE    Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be
7612                                       interpreted as real dimensions, not
7613                                       default values.
7614             ========================  ======================================
7615
7616         """
7617         return _core_.Window_SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs)
7618
7619     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
7620         """
7621         SetRect(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
7622
7623         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.
7624         """
7625         return _core_.Window_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
7626
7627     def SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
7628         """
7629         SetSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
7630
7631         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
7632         """
7633         return _core_.Window_SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
7634
7635     def Move(*args, **kwargs):
7636         """
7637         Move(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
7638
7639         Moves the window to the given position.
7640         """
7641         return _core_.Window_Move(*args, **kwargs)
7642
7643     SetPosition = Move
7644     def MoveXY(*args, **kwargs):
7645         """
7646         MoveXY(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
7647
7648         Moves the window to the given position.
7649         """
7650         return _core_.Window_MoveXY(*args, **kwargs)
7651
7652     def SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
7653         """
7654         SetBestFittingSize(self, Size size=DefaultSize)
7655
7656         A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the
7657         window's *best size* values.  Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.
7658         """
7659         return _core_.Window_SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
7660
7661     def Raise(*args, **kwargs):
7662         """
7663         Raise(self)
7664
7665         Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy.  In current
7666         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
7667         """
7668         return _core_.Window_Raise(*args, **kwargs)
7669
7670     def Lower(*args, **kwargs):
7671         """
7672         Lower(self)
7673
7674         Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy.  In current
7675         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
7676         """
7677         return _core_.Window_Lower(*args, **kwargs)
7678
7679     def SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
7680         """
7681         SetClientSize(self, Size size)
7682
7683         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7684         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7685         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7686         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7687         around panel items, for example.
7688         """
7689         return _core_.Window_SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
7690
7691     def SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
7692         """
7693         SetClientSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
7694
7695         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7696         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7697         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7698         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7699         around panel items, for example.
7700         """
7701         return _core_.Window_SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
7702
7703     def SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
7704         """
7705         SetClientRect(self, Rect rect)
7706
7707         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7708         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7709         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7710         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7711         around panel items, for example.
7712         """
7713         return _core_.Window_SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
7714
7715     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
7716         """
7717         GetPosition(self) -> Point
7718
7719         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
7720         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
7721         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
7722         kinds of windows.
7723         """
7724         return _core_.Window_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
7725
7726     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7727         """
7728         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
7729
7730         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
7731         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
7732         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
7733         kinds of windows.
7734         """
7735         return _core_.Window_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7736
7737     def GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs):
7738         """
7739         GetScreenPosition(self) -> Point
7740
7741         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
7742         """
7743         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs)
7744
7745     def GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7746         """
7747         GetScreenPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
7748
7749         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
7750         """
7751         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7752
7753     def GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs):
7754         """
7755         GetScreenRect(self) -> Rect
7756
7757         Returns the size and position of the window in screen coordinantes as
7758         a `wx.Rect` object.
7759         """
7760         return _core_.Window_GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs)
7761
7762     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
7763         """
7764         GetSize(self) -> Size
7765
7766         Get the window size.
7767         """
7768         return _core_.Window_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
7769
7770     def GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7771         """
7772         GetSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7773
7774         Get the window size.
7775         """
7776         return _core_.Window_GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7777
7778     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
7779         """
7780         GetRect(self) -> Rect
7781
7782         Returns the size and position of the window as a `wx.Rect` object.
7783         """
7784         return _core_.Window_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
7785
7786     def GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
7787         """
7788         GetClientSize(self) -> Size
7789
7790         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
7791         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
7792         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
7793         """
7794         return _core_.Window_GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
7795
7796     def GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7797         """
7798         GetClientSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7799
7800         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
7801         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
7802         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
7803         """
7804         return _core_.Window_GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7805
7806     def GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs):
7807         """
7808         GetClientAreaOrigin(self) -> Point
7809
7810         Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the
7811         window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of
7812         the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)
7813         """
7814         return _core_.Window_GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs)
7815
7816     def GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
7817         """
7818         GetClientRect(self) -> Rect
7819
7820         Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.
7821         """
7822         return _core_.Window_GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
7823
7824     def GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7825         """
7826         GetBestSize(self) -> Size
7827
7828         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
7829         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
7830         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
7831         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
7832         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
7833         after calling Fit.
7834         """
7835         return _core_.Window_GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7836
7837     def GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7838         """
7839         GetBestSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7840
7841         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
7842         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
7843         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
7844         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
7845         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
7846         after calling Fit.
7847         """
7848         return _core_.Window_GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7849
7850     def InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7851         """
7852         InvalidateBestSize(self)
7853
7854         Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next
7855         time it is needed.
7856         """
7857         return _core_.Window_InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7858
7859     def CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7860         """
7861         CacheBestSize(self, Size size)
7862
7863         Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until
7864         some properties of the window change.)
7865         """
7866         return _core_.Window_CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7867
7868     def GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
7869         """
7870         GetBestFittingSize(self) -> Size
7871
7872         This function will merge the window's best size into the window's
7873         minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns
7874         the results.
7875
7876         """
7877         return _core_.Window_GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
7878
7879     def GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7880         """
7881         GetAdjustedBestSize(self) -> Size
7882
7883         This method is similar to GetBestSize, except in one
7884         thing. GetBestSize should return the minimum untruncated size of the
7885         window, while this method will return the largest of BestSize and any
7886         user specified minimum size. ie. it is the minimum size the window
7887         should currently be drawn at, not the minimal size it can possibly
7888         tolerate.
7889         """
7890         return _core_.Window_GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7891
7892     def Center(*args, **kwargs):
7893         """
7894         Center(self, int direction=BOTH)
7895
7896         Centers the window.  The parameter specifies the direction for
7897         cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may
7898         also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window
7899         on the entire screen and not on its parent window.  If it is a
7900         top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered
7901         relative to the screen.
7902         """
7903         return _core_.Window_Center(*args, **kwargs)
7904
7905     Centre = Center
7906     def CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs):
7907         """
7908         CenterOnParent(self, int dir=BOTH)
7909
7910         Center with respect to the the parent window
7911         """
7912         return _core_.Window_CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)
7913
7914     CentreOnParent = CenterOnParent
7915     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
7916         """
7917         Fit(self)
7918
7919         Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function
7920         won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work
7921         correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the
7922         window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result
7923         is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of
7924         its calculations) to call window.SetClientSize(child.GetSize())
7925         instead of calling Fit.
7926         """
7927         return _core_.Window_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
7928
7929     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
7930         """
7931         FitInside(self)
7932
7933         Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a
7934         window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after
7935         sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled
7936         windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do
7937         anything if there are no subwindows.
7938         """
7939         return _core_.Window_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
7940
7941     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
7942         """
7943         SetSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1,
7944             int incH=-1)
7945
7946         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
7947         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
7948         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
7949         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
7950         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
7951         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
7952
7953         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
7954         """
7955         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
7956
7957     def SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
7958         """
7959         SetSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)
7960
7961         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
7962         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
7963         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
7964         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
7965         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
7966         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
7967
7968         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
7969         """
7970         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
7971
7972     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
7973         """
7974         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)
7975
7976         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
7977         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
7978         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
7979         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
7980         """
7981         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
7982
7983     def SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
7984         """
7985         SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)
7986
7987         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
7988         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
7989         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
7990         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
7991         """
7992         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
7993
7994     def GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
7995         """GetMaxSize(self) -> Size"""
7996         return _core_.Window_GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
7997
7998     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
7999         """GetMinSize(self) -> Size"""
8000         return _core_.Window_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8001
8002     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8003         """
8004         SetMinSize(self, Size minSize)
8005
8006         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8007         min size.
8008         """
8009         return _core_.Window_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8010
8011     def SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8012         """
8013         SetMaxSize(self, Size maxSize)
8014
8015         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8016         max size.
8017         """
8018         return _core_.Window_SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8019
8020     def GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8021         """GetMinWidth(self) -> int"""
8022         return _core_.Window_GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8023
8024     def GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8025         """GetMinHeight(self) -> int"""
8026         return _core_.Window_GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8027
8028     def GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8029         """GetMaxWidth(self) -> int"""
8030         return _core_.Window_GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8031
8032     def GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8033         """GetMaxHeight(self) -> int"""
8034         return _core_.Window_GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8035
8036     def SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8037         """
8038         SetVirtualSize(self, Size size)
8039
8040         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8041         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8042         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8043         """
8044         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8045
8046     def SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8047         """
8048         SetVirtualSizeWH(self, int w, int h)
8049
8050         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8051         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8052         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8053         """
8054         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8055
8056     def GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8057         """
8058         GetVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8059
8060         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8061         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8062         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8063         """
8064         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8065
8066     def GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8067         """
8068         GetVirtualSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8069
8070         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8071         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8072         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8073         """
8074         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8075
8076     def GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8077         """
8078         GetBestVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8079
8080         Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a
8081         sizer, interior children, or other means)
8082         """
8083         return _core_.Window_GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8084
8085     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
8086         """
8087         Show(self, bool show=True) -> bool
8088
8089         Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level
8090         window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if
8091         Show is called immediately after the frame creation.  Returns True if
8092         the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done
8093         because it already was in the requested state.
8094         """
8095         return _core_.Window_Show(*args, **kwargs)
8096
8097     def Hide(*args, **kwargs):
8098         """
8099         Hide(self) -> bool
8100
8101         Equivalent to calling Show(False).
8102         """
8103         return _core_.Window_Hide(*args, **kwargs)
8104
8105     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
8106         """
8107         Enable(self, bool enable=True) -> bool
8108
8109         Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent
8110         window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they
8111         are reenabled again when the parent is.  Returns true if the window
8112         has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the
8113         window had already been in the specified state.
8114         """
8115         return _core_.Window_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
8116
8117     def Disable(*args, **kwargs):
8118         """
8119         Disable(self) -> bool
8120
8121         Disables the window, same as Enable(false).
8122         """
8123         return _core_.Window_Disable(*args, **kwargs)
8124
8125     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
8126         """
8127         IsShown(self) -> bool
8128
8129         Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.
8130         """
8131         return _core_.Window_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
8132
8133     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8134         """
8135         IsEnabled(self) -> bool
8136
8137         Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.
8138         """
8139         return _core_.Window_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8140
8141     def SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8142         """
8143         SetWindowStyleFlag(self, long style)
8144
8145         Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be
8146         changed after the window creation and that Refresh() might need to be
8147         called after changing the others for the change to take place
8148         immediately.
8149         """
8150         return _core_.Window_SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8151
8152     def GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8153         """
8154         GetWindowStyleFlag(self) -> long
8155
8156         Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create
8157         method.
8158         """
8159         return _core_.Window_GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8160
8161     SetWindowStyle = SetWindowStyleFlag; GetWindowStyle = GetWindowStyleFlag
8162     def HasFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8163         """
8164         HasFlag(self, int flag) -> bool
8165
8166         Test if the given style is set for this window.
8167         """
8168         return _core_.Window_HasFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8169
8170     def IsRetained(*args, **kwargs):
8171         """
8172         IsRetained(self) -> bool
8173
8174         Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise.  Retained
8175         windows are only available on X platforms.
8176         """
8177         return _core_.Window_IsRetained(*args, **kwargs)
8178
8179     def SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8180         """
8181         SetExtraStyle(self, long exStyle)
8182
8183         Sets the extra style bits for the window.  Extra styles are the less
8184         often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with
8185         SetWindowStyleFlag()
8186         """
8187         return _core_.Window_SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8188
8189     def GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8190         """
8191         GetExtraStyle(self) -> long
8192
8193         Returns the extra style bits for the window.
8194         """
8195         return _core_.Window_GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8196
8197     def MakeModal(*args, **kwargs):
8198         """
8199         MakeModal(self, bool modal=True)
8200
8201         Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can
8202         only interact with this window.  Passing False will reverse this
8203         effect.
8204         """
8205         return _core_.Window_MakeModal(*args, **kwargs)
8206
8207     def SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8208         """
8209         SetThemeEnabled(self, bool enableTheme)
8210
8211         This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"
8212          code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background
8213          drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support
8214          the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is
8215          GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a
8216          user's selected theme.
8217
8218         Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true
8219         by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.
8220         """
8221         return _core_.Window_SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8222
8223     def GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8224         """
8225         GetThemeEnabled(self) -> bool
8226
8227         Return the themeEnabled flag.
8228         """
8229         return _core_.Window_GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8230
8231     def SetFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8232         """
8233         SetFocus(self)
8234
8235         Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.
8236         """
8237         return _core_.Window_SetFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8238
8239     def SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs):
8240         """
8241         SetFocusFromKbd(self)
8242
8243         Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action.  Normally
8244         only called internally.
8245         """
8246         return _core_.Window_SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs)
8247
8248     def FindFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8249         """
8250         FindFocus() -> Window
8251
8252         Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
8253         or None.
8254         """
8255         return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8256
8257     FindFocus = staticmethod(FindFocus)
8258     def AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8259         """
8260         AcceptsFocus(self) -> bool
8261
8262         Can this window have focus?
8263         """
8264         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8265
8266     def AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs):
8267         """
8268         AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool
8269
8270         Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the
8271         only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click
8272         it.
8273         """
8274         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs)
8275
8276     def GetDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs):
8277         """
8278         GetDefaultItem(self) -> Window
8279
8280         Get the default child of this parent, i.e. the one which is activated
8281         by pressing <Enter> such as the OK button on a wx.Dialog.
8282         """
8283         return _core_.Window_GetDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs)
8284
8285     def SetDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs):
8286         """
8287         SetDefaultItem(self, Window child) -> Window
8288
8289         Set this child as default, return the old default.
8290         """
8291         return _core_.Window_SetDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs)
8292
8293     def SetTmpDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs):
8294         """
8295         SetTmpDefaultItem(self, Window win)
8296
8297         Set this child as temporary default
8298         """
8299         return _core_.Window_SetTmpDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs)
8300
8301     def Navigate(*args, **kwargs):
8302         """
8303         Navigate(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool
8304
8305         Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a
8306         `wx.NavigationKeyEvent`.
8307         """
8308         return _core_.Window_Navigate(*args, **kwargs)
8309
8310     def MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8311         """
8312         MoveAfterInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8313
8314         Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified
8315         sibling window.  This means that when the user presses the TAB key on
8316         that other window, the focus switches to this window.
8317
8318         The default tab order is the same as creation order.  This function
8319         and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the
8320         windows.
8321
8322         """
8323         return _core_.Window_MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8324
8325     def MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8326         """
8327         MoveBeforeInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8328
8329         Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just
8330         before win instead of putting it right after it.
8331         """
8332         return _core_.Window_MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8333
8334     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
8335         """
8336         GetChildren(self) -> PyObject
8337
8338         Returns a list of the window's children.  NOTE: Currently this is a
8339         copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return
8340         value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children
8341         do not change.
8342         """
8343         return _core_.Window_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
8344
8345     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
8346         """
8347         GetParent(self) -> Window
8348
8349         Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.
8350         """
8351         return _core_.Window_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
8352
8353     def GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs):
8354         """
8355         GetGrandParent(self) -> Window
8356
8357         Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there
8358         isn't one.
8359         """
8360         return _core_.Window_GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs)
8361
8362     def IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs):
8363         """
8364         IsTopLevel(self) -> bool
8365
8366         Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all
8367         frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even
8368         if they have a parent window).
8369         """
8370         return _core_.Window_IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs)
8371
8372     def Reparent(*args, **kwargs):
8373         """
8374         Reparent(self, Window newParent) -> bool
8375
8376         Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current
8377         parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then
8378         re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK.  Returns True
8379         if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==
8380         oldParent)
8381         """
8382         return _core_.Window_Reparent(*args, **kwargs)
8383
8384     def AddChild(*args, **kwargs):
8385         """
8386         AddChild(self, Window child)
8387
8388         Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation
8389         functions so should not be required by the application programmer.
8390         """
8391         return _core_.Window_AddChild(*args, **kwargs)
8392
8393     def RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs):
8394         """
8395         RemoveChild(self, Window child)
8396
8397         Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window
8398         deletion functions so should not be required by the application
8399         programmer.
8400         """
8401         return _core_.Window_RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs)
8402
8403     def SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs):
8404         """
8405         SetDoubleBuffered(self, bool on)
8406
8407         Currently wxGTK2 only.
8408         """
8409         return _core_.Window_SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs)
8410
8411     def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
8412         """
8413         FindWindowById(self, long winid) -> Window
8414
8415         Find a chld of this window by window ID
8416         """
8417         return _core_.Window_FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
8418
8419     def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
8420         """
8421         FindWindowByName(self, String name) -> Window
8422
8423         Find a child of this window by name
8424         """
8425         return _core_.Window_FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
8426
8427     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8428         """
8429         GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler
8430
8431         Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is
8432         its own event handler.
8433         """
8434         return _core_.Window_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8435
8436     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8437         """
8438         SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8439
8440         Sets the event handler for this window.  An event handler is an object
8441         that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. By default,
8442         the window is its own event handler, but an application may wish to
8443         substitute another, for example to allow central implementation of
8444         event-handling for a variety of different window classes.
8445
8446         It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets
8447         up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event
8448         handler is handed to the next one in the chain.
8449         """
8450         return _core_.Window_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8451
8452     def PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8453         """
8454         PushEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8455
8456         Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.
8457         An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events
8458         sent to a window. By default, the window is its own event handler, but
8459         an application may wish to substitute another, for example to allow
8460         central implementation of event-handling for a variety of different
8461         window classes.
8462
8463         wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of
8464         event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is
8465         handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler` to
8466         remove the event handler.
8467         """
8468         return _core_.Window_PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8469
8470     def PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8471         """
8472         PopEventHandler(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler
8473
8474         Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler
8475         stack.  If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be
8476         destroyed after it is popped.
8477         """
8478         return _core_.Window_PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8479
8480     def RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8481         """
8482         RemoveEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool
8483
8484         Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not
8485         delete) it from the event handler chain, return True if it was found
8486         and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this
8487         function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be
8488         there.)
8489         """
8490         return _core_.Window_RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8491
8492     def SetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8493         """
8494         SetValidator(self, Validator validator)
8495
8496         Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,
8497         having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this
8498         type.
8499         """
8500         return _core_.Window_SetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8501
8502     def GetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8503         """
8504         GetValidator(self) -> Validator
8505
8506         Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if
8507         there is none.
8508         """
8509         return _core_.Window_GetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8510
8511     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
8512         """
8513         Validate(self) -> bool
8514
8515         Validates the current values of the child controls using their
8516         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8517         style flag set, the method will also call Validate() of all child
8518         windows.  Returns false if any of the validations failed.
8519         """
8520         return _core_.Window_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
8521
8522     def TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8523         """
8524         TransferDataToWindow(self) -> bool
8525
8526         Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their
8527         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8528         style flag set, the method will also call TransferDataToWindow() of
8529         all child windows.
8530         """
8531         return _core_.Window_TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8532
8533     def TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8534         """
8535         TransferDataFromWindow(self) -> bool
8536
8537         Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their
8538         validators. Returns false if a transfer failed.  If the window has
8539         wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will
8540         also call TransferDataFromWindow() of all child windows.
8541         """
8542         return _core_.Window_TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8543
8544     def InitDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8545         """
8546         InitDialog(self)
8547
8548         Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data
8549         to the dialog via validators.
8550         """
8551         return _core_.Window_InitDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8552
8553     def SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
8554         """
8555         SetAcceleratorTable(self, AcceleratorTable accel)
8556
8557         Sets the accelerator table for this window.
8558         """
8559         return _core_.Window_SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
8560
8561     def GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
8562         """
8563         GetAcceleratorTable(self) -> AcceleratorTable
8564
8565         Gets the accelerator table for this window.
8566         """
8567         return _core_.Window_GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
8568
8569     def RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
8570         """
8571         RegisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool
8572
8573         Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey
8574         registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will
8575         receive the event even if the application is in the background and
8576         does not have the input focus because the user is working with some
8577         other application.  To bind an event handler function to this hotkey
8578         use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId.  Returns True if the
8579         hotkey was registered successfully.
8580         """
8581         return _core_.Window_RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
8582
8583     def UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
8584         """
8585         UnregisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool
8586
8587         Unregisters a system wide hotkey.
8588         """
8589         return _core_.Window_UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
8590
8591     def ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
8592         """
8593         ConvertDialogPointToPixels(self, Point pt) -> Point
8594
8595         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8596         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8597         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8598         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8599         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8600         then divided by 8.
8601         """
8602         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
8603
8604     def ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
8605         """
8606         ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(self, Size sz) -> Size
8607
8608         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8609         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8610         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8611         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8612         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8613         then divided by 8.
8614         """
8615         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
8616
8617     def DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs):
8618         """
8619         DLG_PNT(self, Point pt) -> Point
8620
8621         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8622         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8623         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8624         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8625         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8626         then divided by 8.
8627         """
8628         return _core_.Window_DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs)
8629
8630     def DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs):
8631         """
8632         DLG_SZE(self, Size sz) -> Size
8633
8634         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8635         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8636         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8637         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8638         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8639         then divided by 8.
8640         """
8641         return _core_.Window_DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs)
8642
8643     def ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8644         """ConvertPixelPointToDialog(self, Point pt) -> Point"""
8645         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8646
8647     def ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8648         """ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(self, Size sz) -> Size"""
8649         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8650
8651     def WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs):
8652         """
8653         WarpPointer(self, int x, int y)
8654
8655         Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.
8656
8657         NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human
8658         Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.
8659         """
8660         return _core_.Window_WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs)
8661
8662     def CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs):
8663         """
8664         CaptureMouse(self)
8665
8666         Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to
8667         release the capture.
8668
8669         Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the
8670         mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window
8671         which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if
8672         there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must
8673         release the mouse as many times as you capture it.
8674         """
8675         return _core_.Window_CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs)
8676
8677     def ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs):
8678         """
8679         ReleaseMouse(self)
8680
8681         Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.
8682         """
8683         return _core_.Window_ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs)
8684
8685     def GetCapture(*args, **kwargs):
8686         """
8687         GetCapture() -> Window
8688
8689         Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
8690         """
8691         return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args, **kwargs)
8692
8693     GetCapture = staticmethod(GetCapture)
8694     def HasCapture(*args, **kwargs):
8695         """
8696         HasCapture(self) -> bool
8697
8698         Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.
8699         """
8700         return _core_.Window_HasCapture(*args, **kwargs)
8701
8702     def Refresh(*args, **kwargs):
8703         """
8704         Refresh(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)
8705
8706         Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it
8707         will be repainted.  Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent
8708         to the window.
8709         """
8710         return _core_.Window_Refresh(*args, **kwargs)
8711
8712     def RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs):
8713         """
8714         RefreshRect(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)
8715
8716         Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will
8717         be repainted.  This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.
8718         """
8719         return _core_.Window_RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs)
8720
8721     def Update(*args, **kwargs):
8722         """
8723         Update(self)
8724
8725         Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the
8726         window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally
8727         this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the
8728         event loop.)  Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and
8729         does nothing if the window has been already repainted.  Use Refresh
8730         first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of
8731         it) unconditionally.
8732         """
8733         return _core_.Window_Update(*args, **kwargs)
8734
8735     def ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs):
8736         """
8737         ClearBackground(self)
8738
8739         Clears the window by filling it with the current background
8740         colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.
8741         """
8742         return _core_.Window_ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs)
8743
8744     def Freeze(*args, **kwargs):
8745         """
8746         Freeze(self)
8747
8748         Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from
8749         taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be
8750         called to reenable window redrawing.  Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be
8751         nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has
8752         been undone.
8753
8754         This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,
8755         it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into
8756         a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor
8757         for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a
8758         mandatory directive.
8759         """
8760         return _core_.Window_Freeze(*args, **kwargs)
8761
8762     def Thaw(*args, **kwargs):
8763         """
8764         Thaw(self)
8765
8766         Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze.  Calls to
8767         Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of
8768         times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.
8769         """
8770         return _core_.Window_Thaw(*args, **kwargs)
8771
8772     def PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs):
8773         """
8774         PrepareDC(self, DC dc)
8775
8776         Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a
8777         scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current
8778         scroll position.
8779         """
8780         return _core_.Window_PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs)
8781
8782     def GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs):
8783         """
8784         GetUpdateRegion(self) -> Region
8785
8786         Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been
8787         damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.
8788         """
8789         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs)
8790
8791     def GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
8792         """
8793         GetUpdateClientRect(self) -> Rect
8794
8795         Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.
8796         """
8797         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
8798
8799     def IsExposed(*args, **kwargs):
8800         """
8801         IsExposed(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool
8802
8803         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8804         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8805         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8806         exposed.
8807         """
8808         return _core_.Window_IsExposed(*args, **kwargs)
8809
8810     def IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs):
8811         """
8812         IsExposedPoint(self, Point pt) -> bool
8813
8814         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8815         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8816         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8817         exposed.
8818         """
8819         return _core_.Window_IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs)
8820
8821     def IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs):
8822         """
8823         IsExposedRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
8824
8825         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8826         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8827         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8828         exposed.
8829         """
8830         return _core_.Window_IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs)
8831
8832     def GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
8833         """
8834         GetDefaultAttributes(self) -> VisualAttributes
8835
8836         Get the default attributes for an instance of this class.  This is
8837         useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control
8838         as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard
8839         coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of
8840         place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.
8841         """
8842         return _core_.Window_GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
8843
8844     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
8845         """
8846         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
8847
8848         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
8849         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
8850         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
8851         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
8852         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
8853
8854         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
8855         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
8856         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
8857         this.
8858         """
8859         return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
8860
8861     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
8862     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8863         """
8864         SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
8865
8866         Sets the background colour of the window.  Returns True if the colour
8867         was changed.  The background colour is usually painted by the default
8868         EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and
8869         automatically under GTK.  Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window
8870         to the default background colour.
8871
8872         Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate
8873         refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after
8874         calling this function.
8875
8876         Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this
8877         window, if the system supports them.  Use with care since usually the
8878         themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all
8879         applications on the system.
8880         """
8881         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8882
8883     def SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8884         """SetOwnBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
8885         return _core_.Window_SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8886
8887     def SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8888         """
8889         SetForegroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
8890
8891         Sets the foreground colour of the window.  Returns True is the colour
8892         was changed.  The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on
8893         the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may
8894         not be used at all.
8895         """
8896         return _core_.Window_SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8897
8898     def SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8899         """SetOwnForegroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
8900         return _core_.Window_SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8901
8902     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8903         """
8904         GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour
8905
8906         Returns the background colour of the window.
8907         """
8908         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8909
8910     def GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8911         """
8912         GetForegroundColour(self) -> Colour
8913
8914         Returns the foreground colour of the window.  The interpretation of
8915         foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text
8916         colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.
8917         """
8918         return _core_.Window_GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8919
8920     def InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8921         """InheritsBackgroundColour(self) -> bool"""
8922         return _core_.Window_InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8923
8924     def UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs):
8925         """UseBgCol(self) -> bool"""
8926         return _core_.Window_UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs)
8927
8928     def SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8929         """
8930         SetBackgroundStyle(self, int style) -> bool
8931
8932         Returns the background style of the window. The background style
8933         indicates how the background of the window is drawn.
8934
8935             ======================  ========================================
8936             wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM      The background colour or pattern should
8937                                     be determined by the system
8938             wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR      The background should be a solid colour
8939             wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM      The background will be implemented by the
8940                                     application.
8941             ======================  ========================================
8942
8943         On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of
8944         a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has
8945         no effect on other platforms.
8946
8947         :see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`
8948         """
8949         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8950
8951     def GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8952         """
8953         GetBackgroundStyle(self) -> int
8954
8955         Returns the background style of the window.
8956
8957         :see: `SetBackgroundStyle`
8958         """
8959         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8960
8961     def HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs):
8962         """
8963         HasTransparentBackground(self) -> bool
8964
8965         Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for
8966         example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's
8967         background.
8968
8969         This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you
8970         normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override
8971         it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted
8972         correctly.
8973         """
8974         return _core_.Window_HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs)
8975
8976     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
8977         """
8978         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool
8979
8980         Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it
8981         for the children of the window implicitly.
8982
8983         The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will
8984         be reset back to default.
8985         """
8986         return _core_.Window_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
8987
8988     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
8989         """
8990         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
8991
8992         Return the cursor associated with this window.
8993         """
8994         return _core_.Window_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
8995
8996     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
8997         """
8998         SetFont(self, Font font) -> bool
8999
9000         Sets the font for this window.
9001         """
9002         return _core_.Window_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9003
9004     def SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs):
9005         """SetOwnFont(self, Font font)"""
9006         return _core_.Window_SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs)
9007
9008     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9009         """
9010         GetFont(self) -> Font
9011
9012         Returns the default font used for this window.
9013         """
9014         return _core_.Window_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9015
9016     def SetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9017         """
9018         SetCaret(self, Caret caret)
9019
9020         Sets the caret associated with the window.
9021         """
9022         return _core_.Window_SetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9023
9024     def GetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9025         """
9026         GetCaret(self) -> Caret
9027
9028         Returns the caret associated with the window.
9029         """
9030         return _core_.Window_GetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9031
9032     def GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs):
9033         """
9034         GetCharHeight(self) -> int
9035
9036         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9037         """
9038         return _core_.Window_GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs)
9039
9040     def GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs):
9041         """
9042         GetCharWidth(self) -> int
9043
9044         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9045         """
9046         return _core_.Window_GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs)
9047
9048     def GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9049         """
9050         GetTextExtent(String string) -> (width, height)
9051
9052         Get the width and height of the text using the current font.
9053         """
9054         return _core_.Window_GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9055
9056     def GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9057         """
9058         GetFullTextExtent(String string, Font font=None) ->
9059            (width, height, descent, externalLeading)
9060
9061         Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the
9062         current or specified font.
9063         """
9064         return _core_.Window_GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9065
9066     def ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs):
9067         """
9068         ClientToScreenXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9069
9070         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9071         """
9072         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs)
9073
9074     def ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs):
9075         """
9076         ScreenToClientXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9077
9078         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9079         """
9080         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs)
9081
9082     def ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs):
9083         """
9084         ClientToScreen(self, Point pt) -> Point
9085
9086         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9087         """
9088         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs)
9089
9090     def ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs):
9091         """
9092         ScreenToClient(self, Point pt) -> Point
9093
9094         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9095         """
9096         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs)
9097
9098     def HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs):
9099         """
9100         HitTestXY(self, int x, int y) -> int
9101
9102         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9103         """
9104         return _core_.Window_HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs)
9105
9106     def HitTest(*args, **kwargs):
9107         """
9108         HitTest(self, Point pt) -> int
9109
9110         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9111         """
9112         return _core_.Window_HitTest(*args, **kwargs)
9113
9114     def GetBorder(*args):
9115         """
9116         GetBorder(self, long flags) -> int
9117         GetBorder(self) -> int
9118
9119         Get border for the flags of this window
9120         """
9121         return _core_.Window_GetBorder(*args)
9122
9123     def UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs):
9124         """
9125         UpdateWindowUI(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)
9126
9127         This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular
9128         implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.ToolBar will
9129         send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.Frame will
9130         send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this
9131         function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at
9132         a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are
9133         concerned). This may be necessary if you have called
9134         `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to
9135         limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events
9136         in idle time.
9137         """
9138         return _core_.Window_UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs)
9139
9140     def PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs):
9141         """
9142         PopupMenuXY(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool
9143
9144         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9145         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9146         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9147         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9148         mouse cursor will be used.
9149         """
9150         return _core_.Window_PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs)
9151
9152     def PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9153         """
9154         PopupMenu(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool
9155
9156         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9157         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9158         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9159         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9160         mouse cursor will be used.
9161         """
9162         return _core_.Window_PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9163
9164     def GetHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9165         """
9166         GetHandle(self) -> long
9167
9168         Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the
9169         physical window.  Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the
9170         toplevel parent of the window.
9171         """
9172         return _core_.Window_GetHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9173
9174     def AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9175         """
9176         AssociateHandle(self, long handle)
9177
9178         Associate the window with a new native handle
9179         """
9180         return _core_.Window_AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9181
9182     def DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9183         """
9184         DissociateHandle(self)
9185
9186         Dissociate the current native handle from the window
9187         """
9188         return _core_.Window_DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9189
9190     def HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9191         """
9192         HasScrollbar(self, int orient) -> bool
9193
9194         Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?
9195         """
9196         return _core_.Window_HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9197
9198     def SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9199         """
9200         SetScrollbar(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range,
9201             bool refresh=True)
9202
9203         Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.
9204         """
9205         return _core_.Window_SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9206
9207     def SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9208         """
9209         SetScrollPos(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)
9210
9211         Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.
9212         """
9213         return _core_.Window_SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9214
9215     def GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9216         """
9217         GetScrollPos(self, int orientation) -> int
9218
9219         Returns the built-in scrollbar position.
9220         """
9221         return _core_.Window_GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9222
9223     def GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs):
9224         """
9225         GetScrollThumb(self, int orientation) -> int
9226
9227         Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.
9228         """
9229         return _core_.Window_GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs)
9230
9231     def GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs):
9232         """
9233         GetScrollRange(self, int orientation) -> int
9234
9235         Returns the built-in scrollbar range.
9236         """
9237         return _core_.Window_GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs)
9238
9239     def ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9240         """
9241         ScrollWindow(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)
9242
9243         Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows
9244         accordingly.  Use this function to optimise your scrolling
9245         implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that
9246         it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.
9247         """
9248         return _core_.Window_ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9249
9250     def ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs):
9251         """
9252         ScrollLines(self, int lines) -> bool
9253
9254         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9255         the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines
9256         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9257         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9258         """
9259         return _core_.Window_ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs)
9260
9261     def ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs):
9262         """
9263         ScrollPages(self, int pages) -> bool
9264
9265         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9266         the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages
9267         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9268         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9269         """
9270         return _core_.Window_ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs)
9271
9272     def LineUp(*args, **kwargs):
9273         """
9274         LineUp(self) -> bool
9275
9276         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(-1).
9277         """
9278         return _core_.Window_LineUp(*args, **kwargs)
9279
9280     def LineDown(*args, **kwargs):
9281         """
9282         LineDown(self) -> bool
9283
9284         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(1).
9285         """
9286         return _core_.Window_LineDown(*args, **kwargs)
9287
9288     def PageUp(*args, **kwargs):
9289         """
9290         PageUp(self) -> bool
9291
9292         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(-1).
9293         """
9294         return _core_.Window_PageUp(*args, **kwargs)
9295
9296     def PageDown(*args, **kwargs):
9297         """
9298         PageDown(self) -> bool
9299
9300         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(1).
9301         """
9302         return _core_.Window_PageDown(*args, **kwargs)
9303
9304     def SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9305         """
9306         SetHelpText(self, String text)
9307
9308         Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9309         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9310         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9311         """
9312         return _core_.Window_SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9313
9314     def SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs):
9315         """
9316         SetHelpTextForId(self, String text)
9317
9318         Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this
9319         one.
9320         """
9321         return _core_.Window_SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs)
9322
9323     def GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
9324         """
9325         GetHelpTextAtPoint(self, Point pt, wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) -> String
9326
9327         Get the help string associated with the given position in this window.
9328
9329         Notice that pt may be invalid if event origin is keyboard or unknown
9330         and this method should return the global window help text then
9331
9332         """
9333         return _core_.Window_GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
9334
9335     def GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9336         """
9337         GetHelpText(self) -> String
9338
9339         Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9340         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9341         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9342         """
9343         return _core_.Window_GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9344
9345     def SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs):
9346         """
9347         SetToolTipString(self, String tip)
9348
9349         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9350         """
9351         return _core_.Window_SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs)
9352
9353     def SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9354         """
9355         SetToolTip(self, ToolTip tip)
9356
9357         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9358         """
9359         return _core_.Window_SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9360
9361     def GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9362         """
9363         GetToolTip(self) -> ToolTip
9364
9365         get the associated tooltip or None if none
9366         """
9367         return _core_.Window_GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9368
9369     def SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9370         """
9371         SetDropTarget(self, DropTarget dropTarget)
9372
9373         Associates a drop target with this window.  If the window already has
9374         a drop target, it is deleted.
9375         """
9376         return _core_.Window_SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9377
9378     def GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9379         """
9380         GetDropTarget(self) -> DropTarget
9381
9382         Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.
9383         """
9384         return _core_.Window_GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9385
9386     def DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs):
9387         """
9388         DragAcceptFiles(self, bool accept)
9389
9390         Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.
9391         Only functional on Windows.
9392         """
9393         return _core_.Window_DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs)
9394
9395     def SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9396         """
9397         SetConstraints(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)
9398
9399         Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing
9400         layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be
9401         deleted.  Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current
9402         constraints.
9403
9404         You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints
9405         automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must
9406         handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call Layout() explicitly. When setting
9407         both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have
9408         effect.
9409         """
9410         return _core_.Window_SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9411
9412     def GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9413         """
9414         GetConstraints(self) -> LayoutConstraints
9415
9416         Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there
9417         are none.
9418         """
9419         return _core_.Window_GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9420
9421     def SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9422         """
9423         SetAutoLayout(self, bool autoLayout)
9424
9425         Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically
9426         when the window is resized.  lease note that this only happens for the
9427         windows usually used to contain children, namely `wx.Panel` and
9428         `wx.TopLevelWindow` (and the classes deriving from them).
9429
9430         This method is called implicitly by `SetSizer` but if you use
9431         `SetConstraints` you should call it manually or otherwise the window
9432         layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.
9433         """
9434         return _core_.Window_SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9435
9436     def GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9437         """
9438         GetAutoLayout(self) -> bool
9439
9440         Returns the current autoLayout setting
9441         """
9442         return _core_.Window_GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9443
9444     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
9445         """
9446         Layout(self) -> bool
9447
9448         Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based
9449         algorithm for this window.  See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,
9450         this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE
9451         handler when the window is resized.
9452         """
9453         return _core_.Window_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
9454
9455     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9456         """
9457         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9458
9459         Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then
9460         own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing
9461         layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted
9462         if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also
9463         call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is
9464         non-None, and False otherwise.
9465         """
9466         return _core_.Window_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9467
9468     def SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs):
9469         """
9470         SetSizerAndFit(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9471
9472         The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the
9473         window based on the sizer's minimum size.
9474         """
9475         return _core_.Window_SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs)
9476
9477     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9478         """
9479         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
9480
9481         Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to
9482         SetSizer or None if there isn't one.
9483         """
9484         return _core_.Window_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9485
9486     def SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9487         """
9488         SetContainingSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
9489
9490         This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is
9491         called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so
9492         the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.
9493         """
9494         return _core_.Window_SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9495
9496     def GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9497         """
9498         GetContainingSizer(self) -> Sizer
9499
9500         Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.
9501         """
9502         return _core_.Window_GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9503
9504     def InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9505         """
9506         InheritAttributes(self)
9507
9508         This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called
9509         during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual
9510         attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background
9511         colours.
9512
9513         By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use
9514         their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's
9515         attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not
9516         SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been
9517         explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same
9518         value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides
9519         ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed
9520         no matter what and only the font might.
9521
9522         This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the
9523         different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default
9524         attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as
9525         in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)
9526         than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the
9527         parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change
9528         the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or
9529         colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the
9530         parents attributes.
9531
9532         """
9533         return _core_.Window_InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9534
9535     def ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs):
9536         """
9537         ShouldInheritColours(self) -> bool
9538
9539         Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be
9540         changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them
9541         from the parent window.
9542
9543         The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in
9544         wxControl where it returns true.
9545         """
9546         return _core_.Window_ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs)
9547
9548     def PostCreate(self, pre):
9549         """
9550         Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!>
9551         Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.
9552         """
9553         self.this = pre.this
9554         self.thisown = pre.thisown
9555         pre.thisown = 0
9556         if hasattr(self, '_setOORInfo'):
9557             self._setOORInfo(self)
9558         if hasattr(self, '_setCallbackInfo'):
9559             self._setCallbackInfo(self, self.__class__)
9560
9561     def SendSizeEvent(self):
9562         self.GetEventhandler().ProcessEvent(wx.SizeEvent((-1,-1)))
9563
9564 _core_.Window_swigregister(Window)
9565
9566 def PreWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9567     """
9568     PreWindow() -> Window
9569
9570     Precreate a Window for 2-phase creation.
9571     """
9572     val = _core_.new_PreWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9573     return val
9574
9575 def Window_NewControlId(*args):
9576   """
9577     Window_NewControlId() -> int
9578
9579     Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
9580     """
9581   return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args)
9582
9583 def Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
9584   """
9585     Window_NextControlId(int winid) -> int
9586
9587     Get the id of the control following the one with the given
9588     autogenerated) id
9589     """
9590   return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
9591
9592 def Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
9593   """
9594     Window_PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
9595
9596     Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
9597     autogenerated) id
9598     """
9599   return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
9600
9601 def Window_FindFocus(*args):
9602   """
9603     Window_FindFocus() -> Window
9604
9605     Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
9606     or None.
9607     """
9608   return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args)
9609
9610 def Window_GetCapture(*args):
9611   """
9612     Window_GetCapture() -> Window
9613
9614     Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
9615     """
9616   return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args)
9617
9618 def Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9619   """
9620     Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
9621
9622     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
9623     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
9624     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
9625     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
9626     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9627
9628     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
9629     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
9630     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
9631     this.
9632     """
9633   return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9634
9635 def DLG_PNT(win, point_or_x, y=None):
9636     """
9637     Convenience function for converting a Point or (x,y) in
9638     dialog units to pixel units.
9639     """
9640     if y is None:
9641         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(point_or_x)
9642     else:
9643         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(wx.Point(point_or_x, y))
9644
9645 def DLG_SZE(win, size_width, height=None):
9646     """
9647     Convenience function for converting a Size or (w,h) in
9648     dialog units to pixel units.
9649     """
9650     if height is None:
9651         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(size_width)
9652     else:
9653         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(wx.Size(size_width, height))
9654
9655
9656 def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
9657   """
9658     FindWindowById(long id, Window parent=None) -> Window
9659
9660     Find the first window in the application with the given id. If parent
9661     is None, the search will start from all top-level frames and dialog
9662     boxes; if non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
9663     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
9664     """
9665   return _core_.FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
9666
9667 def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
9668   """
9669     FindWindowByName(String name, Window parent=None) -> Window
9670
9671     Find a window by its name (as given in a window constructor or Create
9672     function call). If parent is None, the search will start from all
9673     top-level frames and dialog boxes; if non-None, the search will be
9674     limited to the given window hierarchy. The search is recursive in both
9675     cases.
9676
9677     If no window with such name is found, wx.FindWindowByLabel is called.
9678     """
9679   return _core_.FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
9680
9681 def FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs):
9682   """
9683     FindWindowByLabel(String label, Window parent=None) -> Window
9684
9685     Find a window by its label. Depending on the type of window, the label
9686     may be a window title or panel item label. If parent is None, the
9687     search will start from all top-level frames and dialog boxes; if
9688     non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
9689     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
9690     """
9691   return _core_.FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs)
9692
9693 def Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs):
9694   """Window_FromHWND(Window parent, unsigned long _hWnd) -> Window"""
9695   return _core_.Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs)
9696
9697 def GetTopLevelWindows(*args):
9698   """
9699     GetTopLevelWindows() -> PyObject
9700
9701     Returns a list of the the application's top-level windows, (frames,
9702     dialogs, etc.)  NOTE: Currently this is a copy of the list maintained
9703     by wxWidgets, and so it is only valid as long as no top-level windows
9704     are closed or new top-level windows are created.
9705
9706     """
9707   return _core_.GetTopLevelWindows(*args)
9708 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
9709
9710 class Validator(EvtHandler):
9711     """Proxy of C++ Validator class"""
9712     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9713     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9714     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9715         """__init__(self) -> Validator"""
9716         _core_.Validator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Validator(*args, **kwargs))
9717         self._setOORInfo(self)
9718
9719     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
9720         """Clone(self) -> Validator"""
9721         return _core_.Validator_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
9722
9723     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
9724         """Validate(self, Window parent) -> bool"""
9725         return _core_.Validator_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
9726
9727     def TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9728         """TransferToWindow(self) -> bool"""
9729         return _core_.Validator_TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9730
9731     def TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9732         """TransferFromWindow(self) -> bool"""
9733         return _core_.Validator_TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9734
9735     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9736         """GetWindow(self) -> Window"""
9737         return _core_.Validator_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9738
9739     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9740         """SetWindow(self, Window window)"""
9741         return _core_.Validator_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9742
9743     def IsSilent(*args, **kwargs):
9744         """IsSilent() -> bool"""
9745         return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args, **kwargs)
9746
9747     IsSilent = staticmethod(IsSilent)
9748     def SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
9749         """SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
9750         return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
9751
9752     SetBellOnError = staticmethod(SetBellOnError)
9753 _core_.Validator_swigregister(Validator)
9754
9755 def Validator_IsSilent(*args):
9756   """Validator_IsSilent() -> bool"""
9757   return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args)
9758
9759 def Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
9760   """Validator_SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
9761   return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
9762
9763 class PyValidator(Validator):
9764     """Proxy of C++ PyValidator class"""
9765     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9766     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9767     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9768         """__init__(self) -> PyValidator"""
9769         _core_.PyValidator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyValidator(*args, **kwargs))
9770
9771         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyValidator, 1)
9772         self._setOORInfo(self)
9773
9774     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
9775         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, int incref=True)"""
9776         return _core_.PyValidator__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
9777
9778 _core_.PyValidator_swigregister(PyValidator)
9779
9780 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
9781
9782 class Menu(EvtHandler):
9783     """Proxy of C++ Menu class"""
9784     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9785     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9786     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9787         """__init__(self, String title=EmptyString, long style=0) -> Menu"""
9788         _core_.Menu_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Menu(*args, **kwargs))
9789         self._setOORInfo(self)
9790
9791     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
9792         """Append(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem"""
9793         return _core_.Menu_Append(*args, **kwargs)
9794
9795     def AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
9796         """AppendSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
9797         return _core_.Menu_AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
9798
9799     def AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
9800         """AppendCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9801         return _core_.Menu_AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
9802
9803     def AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
9804         """AppendRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9805         return _core_.Menu_AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
9806
9807     def AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9808         """AppendMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9809         return _core_.Menu_AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9810
9811     def AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9812         """AppendSubMenu(self, Menu submenu, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9813         return _core_.Menu_AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9814
9815     def AppendItem(*args, **kwargs):
9816         """AppendItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9817         return _core_.Menu_AppendItem(*args, **kwargs)
9818
9819     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
9820         """InsertItem(self, size_t pos, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9821         return _core_.Menu_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
9822
9823     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
9824         """PrependItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9825         return _core_.Menu_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
9826
9827     def Break(*args, **kwargs):
9828         """Break(self)"""
9829         return _core_.Menu_Break(*args, **kwargs)
9830
9831     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
9832         """
9833         Insert(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString,
9834             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
9835         """
9836         return _core_.Menu_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
9837
9838     def InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
9839         """InsertSeparator(self, size_t pos) -> MenuItem"""
9840         return _core_.Menu_InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
9841
9842     def InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
9843         """InsertCheckItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9844         return _core_.Menu_InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
9845
9846     def InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
9847         """InsertRadioItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9848         return _core_.Menu_InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
9849
9850     def InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9851         """InsertMenu(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9852         return _core_.Menu_InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9853
9854     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
9855         """Prepend(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem"""
9856         return _core_.Menu_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
9857
9858     def PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
9859         """PrependSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
9860         return _core_.Menu_PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
9861
9862     def PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
9863         """PrependCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9864         return _core_.Menu_PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
9865
9866     def PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
9867         """PrependRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9868         return _core_.Menu_PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
9869
9870     def PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9871         """PrependMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9872         return _core_.Menu_PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9873
9874     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
9875         """Remove(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
9876         return _core_.Menu_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
9877
9878     def RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs):
9879         """RemoveItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9880         return _core_.Menu_RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs)
9881
9882     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
9883         """Delete(self, int id) -> bool"""
9884         return _core_.Menu_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
9885
9886     def DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs):
9887         """DeleteItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool"""
9888         return _core_.Menu_DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs)
9889
9890     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
9891         """
9892         Destroy(self)
9893
9894         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
9895         """
9896         val = _core_.Menu_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
9897         args[0].thisown = 0
9898         return val
9899
9900     def DestroyId(*args, **kwargs):
9901         """
9902         DestroyId(self, int id) -> bool
9903
9904         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
9905         """
9906         val = _core_.Menu_DestroyId(*args, **kwargs)
9907         args[0].thisown = 0
9908         return val
9909
9910     def DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs):
9911         """
9912         DestroyItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool
9913
9914         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
9915         """
9916         val = _core_.Menu_DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs)
9917         args[0].thisown = 0
9918         return val
9919
9920     def GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs):
9921         """GetMenuItemCount(self) -> size_t"""
9922         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs)
9923
9924     def GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs):
9925         """GetMenuItems(self) -> PyObject"""
9926         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs)
9927
9928     def FindItem(*args, **kwargs):
9929         """FindItem(self, String item) -> int"""
9930         return _core_.Menu_FindItem(*args, **kwargs)
9931
9932     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
9933         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
9934         return _core_.Menu_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
9935
9936     def FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs):
9937         """FindItemByPosition(self, size_t position) -> MenuItem"""
9938         return _core_.Menu_FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs)
9939
9940     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
9941         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
9942         return _core_.Menu_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
9943
9944     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
9945         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
9946         return _core_.Menu_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
9947
9948     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
9949         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
9950         return _core_.Menu_Check(*args, **kwargs)
9951
9952     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
9953         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
9954         return _core_.Menu_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
9955
9956     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
9957         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
9958         return _core_.Menu_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
9959
9960     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
9961         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
9962         return _core_.Menu_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
9963
9964     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
9965         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
9966         return _core_.Menu_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
9967
9968     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
9969         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
9970         return _core_.Menu_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
9971
9972     def SetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
9973         """SetTitle(self, String title)"""
9974         return _core_.Menu_SetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
9975
9976     def GetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
9977         """GetTitle(self) -> String"""
9978         return _core_.Menu_GetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
9979
9980     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9981         """SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
9982         return _core_.Menu_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9983
9984     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9985         """GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
9986         return _core_.Menu_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9987
9988     def SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9989         """SetInvokingWindow(self, Window win)"""
9990         return _core_.Menu_SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9991
9992     def GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9993         """GetInvokingWindow(self) -> Window"""
9994         return _core_.Menu_GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9995
9996     def GetStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9997         """GetStyle(self) -> long"""
9998         return _core_.Menu_GetStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9999
10000     def UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs):
10001         """UpdateUI(self, EvtHandler source=None)"""
10002         return _core_.Menu_UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs)
10003
10004     def GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs):
10005         """GetMenuBar(self) -> MenuBar"""
10006         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs)
10007
10008     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10009         """Attach(self, wxMenuBarBase menubar)"""
10010         return _core_.Menu_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10011
10012     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10013         """Detach(self)"""
10014         return _core_.Menu_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10015
10016     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10017         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10018         return _core_.Menu_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10019
10020     def SetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10021         """SetParent(self, Menu parent)"""
10022         return _core_.Menu_SetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10023
10024     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10025         """GetParent(self) -> Menu"""
10026         return _core_.Menu_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10027
10028 _core_.Menu_swigregister(Menu)
10029 DefaultValidator = cvar.DefaultValidator
10030
10031 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10032
10033 class MenuBar(Window):
10034     """Proxy of C++ MenuBar class"""
10035     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10036     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10037     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10038         """__init__(self, long style=0) -> MenuBar"""
10039         _core_.MenuBar_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuBar(*args, **kwargs))
10040         self._setOORInfo(self)
10041
10042     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10043         """Append(self, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10044         return _core_.MenuBar_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10045
10046     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10047         """Insert(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10048         return _core_.MenuBar_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10049
10050     def GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs):
10051         """GetMenuCount(self) -> size_t"""
10052         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs)
10053
10054     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10055         """GetMenu(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10056         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10057
10058     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
10059         """Replace(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> Menu"""
10060         return _core_.MenuBar_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
10061
10062     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
10063         """Remove(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10064         return _core_.MenuBar_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
10065
10066     def EnableTop(*args, **kwargs):
10067         """EnableTop(self, size_t pos, bool enable)"""
10068         return _core_.MenuBar_EnableTop(*args, **kwargs)
10069
10070     def IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs):
10071         """IsEnabledTop(self, size_t pos) -> bool"""
10072         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs)
10073
10074     def SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10075         """SetLabelTop(self, size_t pos, String label)"""
10076         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10077
10078     def GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10079         """GetLabelTop(self, size_t pos) -> String"""
10080         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10081
10082     def FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs):
10083         """FindMenuItem(self, String menu, String item) -> int"""
10084         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs)
10085
10086     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
10087         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10088         return _core_.MenuBar_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
10089
10090     def FindMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10091         """FindMenu(self, String title) -> int"""
10092         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10093
10094     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10095         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10096         return _core_.MenuBar_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10097
10098     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10099         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10100         return _core_.MenuBar_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10101
10102     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10103         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10104         return _core_.MenuBar_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10105
10106     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10107         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10108         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10109
10110     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10111         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10112         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10113
10114     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10115         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10116         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10117
10118     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10119         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10120         return _core_.MenuBar_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10121
10122     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10123         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10124         return _core_.MenuBar_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10125
10126     def GetFrame(*args, **kwargs):
10127         """GetFrame(self) -> wxFrame"""
10128         return _core_.MenuBar_GetFrame(*args, **kwargs)
10129
10130     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10131         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10132         return _core_.MenuBar_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10133
10134     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10135         """Attach(self, wxFrame frame)"""
10136         return _core_.MenuBar_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10137
10138     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10139         """Detach(self)"""
10140         return _core_.MenuBar_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10141
10142     def SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10143         """SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10144         return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10145
10146     SetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(SetAutoWindowMenu)
10147     def GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10148         """GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10149         return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10150
10151     GetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(GetAutoWindowMenu)
10152 _core_.MenuBar_swigregister(MenuBar)
10153
10154 def MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10155   """MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10156   return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10157
10158 def MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args):
10159   """MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10160   return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args)
10161
10162 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10163
10164 class MenuItem(Object):
10165     """Proxy of C++ MenuItem class"""
10166     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10167     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10168     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10169         """
10170         __init__(self, Menu parentMenu=None, int id=ID_ANY, String text=EmptyString,
10171             String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL,
10172             Menu subMenu=None) -> MenuItem
10173         """
10174         _core_.MenuItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuItem(*args, **kwargs))
10175     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_MenuItem
10176     __del__ = lambda self : None;
10177     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10178         """GetMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10179         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10180
10181     def SetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10182         """SetMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10183         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10184
10185     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
10186         """SetId(self, int id)"""
10187         return _core_.MenuItem_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
10188
10189     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
10190         """GetId(self) -> int"""
10191         return _core_.MenuItem_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
10192
10193     def IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10194         """IsSeparator(self) -> bool"""
10195         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10196
10197     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
10198         """SetText(self, String str)"""
10199         return _core_.MenuItem_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
10200
10201     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10202         """GetLabel(self) -> String"""
10203         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10204
10205     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
10206         """GetText(self) -> String"""
10207         return _core_.MenuItem_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
10208
10209     def GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10210         """GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10211         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10212
10213     GetLabelFromText = staticmethod(GetLabelFromText)
10214     def GetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10215         """GetKind(self) -> int"""
10216         return _core_.MenuItem_GetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10217
10218     def SetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10219         """SetKind(self, int kind)"""
10220         return _core_.MenuItem_SetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10221
10222     def SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10223         """SetCheckable(self, bool checkable)"""
10224         return _core_.MenuItem_SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10225
10226     def IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10227         """IsCheckable(self) -> bool"""
10228         return _core_.MenuItem_IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10229
10230     def IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10231         """IsSubMenu(self) -> bool"""
10232         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10233
10234     def SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10235         """SetSubMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10236         return _core_.MenuItem_SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10237
10238     def GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10239         """GetSubMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10240         return _core_.MenuItem_GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10241
10242     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10243         """Enable(self, bool enable=True)"""
10244         return _core_.MenuItem_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10245
10246     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10247         """IsEnabled(self) -> bool"""
10248         return _core_.MenuItem_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10249
10250     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10251         """Check(self, bool check=True)"""
10252         return _core_.MenuItem_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10253
10254     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10255         """IsChecked(self) -> bool"""
10256         return _core_.MenuItem_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10257
10258     def Toggle(*args, **kwargs):
10259         """Toggle(self)"""
10260         return _core_.MenuItem_Toggle(*args, **kwargs)
10261
10262     def SetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10263         """SetHelp(self, String str)"""
10264         return _core_.MenuItem_SetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10265
10266     def GetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10267         """GetHelp(self) -> String"""
10268         return _core_.MenuItem_GetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10269
10270     def GetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10271         """GetAccel(self) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
10272         return _core_.MenuItem_GetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10273
10274     def SetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10275         """SetAccel(self, AcceleratorEntry accel)"""
10276         return _core_.MenuItem_SetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10277
10278     def SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10279         """SetBitmap(self, Bitmap bitmap)"""
10280         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10281
10282     def GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10283         """GetBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10284         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10285
10286     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10287         """SetFont(self, Font font)"""
10288         return _core_.MenuItem_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10289
10290     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10291         """GetFont(self) -> Font"""
10292         return _core_.MenuItem_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10293
10294     def SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10295         """SetTextColour(self, Colour colText)"""
10296         return _core_.MenuItem_SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10297
10298     def GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10299         """GetTextColour(self) -> Colour"""
10300         return _core_.MenuItem_GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10301
10302     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10303         """SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colBack)"""
10304         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10305
10306     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10307         """GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour"""
10308         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10309
10310     def SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs):
10311         """SetBitmaps(self, Bitmap bmpChecked, Bitmap bmpUnchecked=wxNullBitmap)"""
10312         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs)
10313
10314     def SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10315         """SetDisabledBitmap(self, Bitmap bmpDisabled)"""
10316         return _core_.MenuItem_SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10317
10318     def GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10319         """GetDisabledBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10320         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10321
10322     def SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10323         """SetMarginWidth(self, int nWidth)"""
10324         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10325
10326     def GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10327         """GetMarginWidth(self) -> int"""
10328         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10329
10330     def GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10331         """GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10332         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10333
10334     GetDefaultMarginWidth = staticmethod(GetDefaultMarginWidth)
10335     def IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10336         """IsOwnerDrawn(self) -> bool"""
10337         return _core_.MenuItem_IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10338
10339     def SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10340         """SetOwnerDrawn(self, bool ownerDrawn=True)"""
10341         return _core_.MenuItem_SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10342
10343     def ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10344         """ResetOwnerDrawn(self)"""
10345         return _core_.MenuItem_ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10346
10347 _core_.MenuItem_swigregister(MenuItem)
10348
10349 def MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10350   """MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10351   return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10352
10353 def MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args):
10354   """MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10355   return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args)
10356
10357 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10358
10359 class Control(Window):
10360     """
10361     This is the base class for a control or 'widget'.
10362
10363     A control is generally a small window which processes user input
10364     and/or displays one or more item of data.
10365     """
10366     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10367     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10368     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10369         """
10370         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10371             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10372             String name=ControlNameStr) -> Control
10373
10374         Create a Control.  Normally you should only call this from a subclass'
10375         __init__ as a plain old wx.Control is not very useful.
10376         """
10377         _core_.Control_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Control(*args, **kwargs))
10378         self._setOORInfo(self)
10379
10380     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
10381         """
10382         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10383             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10384             String name=ControlNameStr) -> bool
10385
10386         Do the 2nd phase and create the GUI control.
10387         """
10388         return _core_.Control_Create(*args, **kwargs)
10389
10390     def Command(*args, **kwargs):
10391         """
10392         Command(self, CommandEvent event)
10393
10394         Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item.
10395
10396         :see: `wx.CommandEvent`
10397
10398         """
10399         return _core_.Control_Command(*args, **kwargs)
10400
10401     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10402         """
10403         GetLabel(self) -> String
10404
10405         Return a control's text.
10406         """
10407         return _core_.Control_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10408
10409     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10410         """
10411         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10412
10413         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10414         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10415         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10416         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10417         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10418
10419         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10420         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10421         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10422         this.
10423         """
10424         return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10425
10426     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
10427 _core_.Control_swigregister(Control)
10428 ControlNameStr = cvar.ControlNameStr
10429
10430 def PreControl(*args, **kwargs):
10431     """
10432     PreControl() -> Control
10433
10434     Precreate a Control control for 2-phase creation
10435     """
10436     val = _core_.new_PreControl(*args, **kwargs)
10437     return val
10438
10439 def Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10440   """
10441     Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10442
10443     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10444     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10445     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10446     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10447     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10448
10449     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10450     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10451     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10452     this.
10453     """
10454   return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10455
10456 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10457
10458 class ItemContainer(object):
10459     """
10460     The wx.ItemContainer class defines an interface which is implemented
10461     by all controls which have string subitems, each of which may be
10462     selected, such as `wx.ListBox`, `wx.CheckListBox`, `wx.Choice` as well
10463     as `wx.ComboBox` which implements an extended interface deriving from
10464     this one.
10465
10466     It defines the methods for accessing the control's items and although
10467     each of the derived classes implements them differently, they still
10468     all conform to the same interface.
10469
10470     The items in a wx.ItemContainer have (non empty) string labels and,
10471     optionally, client data associated with them.
10472
10473     """
10474     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10475     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
10476     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10477     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10478         """
10479         Append(self, String item, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
10480
10481         Adds the item to the control, associating the given data with the item
10482         if not None.  The return value is the index of the newly added item
10483         which may be different from the last one if the control is sorted (e.g.
10484         has wx.LB_SORT or wx.CB_SORT style).
10485         """
10486         return _core_.ItemContainer_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10487
10488     def AppendItems(*args, **kwargs):
10489         """
10490         AppendItems(self, List strings)
10491
10492         Apend several items at once to the control.  Notice that calling this
10493         method may be much faster than appending the items one by one if you
10494         need to add a lot of items.
10495         """
10496         return _core_.ItemContainer_AppendItems(*args, **kwargs)
10497
10498     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10499         """
10500         Insert(self, String item, unsigned int pos, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
10501
10502         Insert an item into the control before the item at the ``pos`` index,
10503         optionally associating some data object with the item.
10504         """
10505         return _core_.ItemContainer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10506
10507     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
10508         """
10509         Clear(self)
10510
10511         Removes all items from the control.
10512         """
10513         return _core_.ItemContainer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
10514
10515     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
10516         """
10517         Delete(self, unsigned int n)
10518
10519         Deletes the item at the zero-based index 'n' from the control. Note
10520         that it is an error (signalled by a `wx.PyAssertionError` exception if
10521         enabled) to remove an item with the index negative or greater or equal
10522         than the number of items in the control.
10523         """
10524         return _core_.ItemContainer_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
10525
10526     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
10527         """
10528         GetClientData(self, unsigned int n) -> PyObject
10529
10530         Returns the client data associated with the given item, (if any.)
10531         """
10532         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
10533
10534     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
10535         """
10536         SetClientData(self, unsigned int n, PyObject clientData)
10537
10538         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
10539         """
10540         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
10541
10542     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
10543         """
10544         GetCount(self) -> unsigned int
10545
10546         Returns the number of items in the control.
10547         """
10548         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
10549
10550     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
10551         """
10552         IsEmpty(self) -> bool
10553
10554         Returns True if the control is empty or False if it has some items.
10555         """
10556         return _core_.ItemContainer_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
10557
10558     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
10559         """
10560         GetString(self, unsigned int n) -> String
10561
10562         Returns the label of the item with the given index.
10563         """
10564         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
10565
10566     def GetStrings(*args, **kwargs):
10567         """GetStrings(self) -> wxArrayString"""
10568         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStrings(*args, **kwargs)
10569
10570     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
10571         """
10572         SetString(self, unsigned int n, String s)
10573
10574         Sets the label for the given item.
10575         """
10576         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
10577
10578     def FindString(*args, **kwargs):
10579         """
10580         FindString(self, String s) -> int
10581
10582         Finds an item whose label matches the given string.  Returns the
10583         zero-based position of the item, or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if the string was not
10584         found.
10585         """
10586         return _core_.ItemContainer_FindString(*args, **kwargs)
10587
10588     def SetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10589         """
10590         SetSelection(self, int n)
10591
10592         Sets the item at index 'n' to be the selected item.
10593         """
10594         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10595
10596     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10597         """
10598         GetSelection(self) -> int
10599
10600         Returns the index of the selected item or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if no item
10601         is selected.
10602         """
10603         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10604
10605     def SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10606         """SetStringSelection(self, String s) -> bool"""
10607         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10608
10609     def GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10610         """
10611         GetStringSelection(self) -> String
10612
10613         Returns the label of the selected item or an empty string if no item
10614         is selected.
10615         """
10616         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10617
10618     def Select(*args, **kwargs):
10619         """
10620         Select(self, int n)
10621
10622         This is the same as `SetSelection` and exists only because it is
10623         slightly more natural for controls which support multiple selection.
10624         """
10625         return _core_.ItemContainer_Select(*args, **kwargs)
10626
10627 _core_.ItemContainer_swigregister(ItemContainer)
10628
10629 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10630
10631 class ControlWithItems(Control,ItemContainer):
10632     """
10633     wx.ControlWithItems combines the ``wx.ItemContainer`` class with the
10634     wx.Control class, and is used for the base class of various controls
10635     that have items.
10636     """
10637     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10638     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
10639     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10640 _core_.ControlWithItems_swigregister(ControlWithItems)
10641
10642 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10643
10644 class SizerItem(Object):
10645     """
10646     The wx.SizerItem class is used to track the position, size and other
10647     attributes of each item managed by a `wx.Sizer`. It is not usually
10648     necessary to use this class because the sizer elements can also be
10649     identified by their positions or window or sizer references but
10650     sometimes it may be more convenient to use wx.SizerItem directly.
10651     Also, custom classes derived from `wx.PySizer` will probably need to
10652     use the collection of wx.SizerItems held by wx.Sizer when calculating
10653     layout.
10654
10655     :see: `wx.Sizer`, `wx.GBSizerItem`
10656     """
10657     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10658     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10659     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10660         """
10661         __init__(self) -> SizerItem
10662
10663         Constructs an empty wx.SizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
10664         size will need to be set before this item can be used in a Sizer.
10665
10666         You will probably never need to create a wx.SizerItem directly as they
10667         are created automatically when the sizer's Add, Insert or Prepend
10668         methods are called.
10669
10670         :see: `wx.SizerItemSpacer`, `wx.SizerItemWindow`, `wx.SizerItemSizer`
10671         """
10672         _core_.SizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
10673     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_SizerItem
10674     __del__ = lambda self : None;
10675     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
10676         """
10677         DeleteWindows(self)
10678
10679         Destroy the window or the windows in a subsizer, depending on the type
10680         of item.
10681         """
10682         return _core_.SizerItem_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
10683
10684     def DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10685         """
10686         DetachSizer(self)
10687
10688         Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer.
10689         """
10690         return _core_.SizerItem_DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10691
10692     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
10693         """
10694         GetSize(self) -> Size
10695
10696         Get the current size of the item, as set in the last Layout.
10697         """
10698         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
10699
10700     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
10701         """
10702         CalcMin(self) -> Size
10703
10704         Calculates the minimum desired size for the item, including any space
10705         needed by borders.
10706         """
10707         return _core_.SizerItem_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
10708
10709     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
10710         """
10711         SetDimension(self, Point pos, Size size)
10712
10713         Set the position and size of the space allocated for this item by the
10714         sizer, and adjust the position and size of the item (window or
10715         subsizer) to be within that space taking alignment and borders into
10716         account.
10717         """
10718         return _core_.SizerItem_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
10719
10720     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
10721         """
10722         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
10723
10724         Get the minimum size needed for the item.
10725         """
10726         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
10727
10728     def GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs):
10729         """
10730         GetMinSizeWithBorder(self) -> Size
10731
10732         Get the minimum size needed for the item with space for the borders
10733         added, if needed.
10734         """
10735         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs)
10736
10737     def SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs):
10738         """SetInitSize(self, int x, int y)"""
10739         return _core_.SizerItem_SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs)
10740
10741     def SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs):
10742         """
10743         SetRatioWH(self, int width, int height)
10744
10745         Set the ratio item attribute.
10746         """
10747         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs)
10748
10749     def SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs):
10750         """
10751         SetRatioSize(self, Size size)
10752
10753         Set the ratio item attribute.
10754         """
10755         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs)
10756
10757     def SetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
10758         """
10759         SetRatio(self, float ratio)
10760
10761         Set the ratio item attribute.
10762         """
10763         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
10764
10765     def GetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
10766         """
10767         GetRatio(self) -> float
10768
10769         Set the ratio item attribute.
10770         """
10771         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
10772
10773     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
10774         """
10775         GetRect(self) -> Rect
10776
10777         Returns the rectangle that the sizer item should occupy
10778         """
10779         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
10780
10781     def IsWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10782         """
10783         IsWindow(self) -> bool
10784
10785         Is this sizer item a window?
10786         """
10787         return _core_.SizerItem_IsWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10788
10789     def IsSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10790         """
10791         IsSizer(self) -> bool
10792
10793         Is this sizer item a subsizer?
10794         """
10795         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10796
10797     def IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10798         """
10799         IsSpacer(self) -> bool
10800
10801         Is this sizer item a spacer?
10802         """
10803         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10804
10805     def SetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
10806         """
10807         SetProportion(self, int proportion)
10808
10809         Set the proportion value for this item.
10810         """
10811         return _core_.SizerItem_SetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
10812
10813     def GetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
10814         """
10815         GetProportion(self) -> int
10816
10817         Get the proportion value for this item.
10818         """
10819         return _core_.SizerItem_GetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
10820
10821     SetOption = wx._deprecated(SetProportion, "Please use `SetProportion` instead.")
10822     GetOption = wx._deprecated(GetProportion, "Please use `GetProportion` instead.")
10823     def SetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
10824         """
10825         SetFlag(self, int flag)
10826
10827         Set the flag value for this item.
10828         """
10829         return _core_.SizerItem_SetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
10830
10831     def GetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
10832         """
10833         GetFlag(self) -> int
10834
10835         Get the flag value for this item.
10836         """
10837         return _core_.SizerItem_GetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
10838
10839     def SetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
10840         """
10841         SetBorder(self, int border)
10842
10843         Set the border value for this item.
10844         """
10845         return _core_.SizerItem_SetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
10846
10847     def GetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
10848         """
10849         GetBorder(self) -> int
10850
10851         Get the border value for this item.
10852         """
10853         return _core_.SizerItem_GetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
10854
10855     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10856         """
10857         GetWindow(self) -> Window
10858
10859         Get the window (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
10860         """
10861         return _core_.SizerItem_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10862
10863     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10864         """
10865         SetWindow(self, Window window)
10866
10867         Set the window to be managed by this sizer item.
10868         """
10869         return _core_.SizerItem_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10870
10871     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10872         """
10873         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
10874
10875         Get the subsizer (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
10876         """
10877         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10878
10879     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10880         """
10881         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
10882
10883         Set the subsizer to be managed by this sizer item.
10884         """
10885         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10886
10887     def GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10888         """
10889         GetSpacer(self) -> Size
10890
10891         Get the size of the spacer managed by this sizer item.
10892         """
10893         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10894
10895     def SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10896         """
10897         SetSpacer(self, Size size)
10898
10899         Set the size of the spacer to be managed by this sizer item.
10900         """
10901         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10902
10903     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
10904         """
10905         Show(self, bool show)
10906
10907         Set the show item attribute, which sizers use to determine if the item
10908         is to be made part of the layout or not. If the item is tracking a
10909         window then it is shown or hidden as needed.
10910         """
10911         return _core_.SizerItem_Show(*args, **kwargs)
10912
10913     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
10914         """
10915         IsShown(self) -> bool
10916
10917         Is the item to be shown in the layout?
10918         """
10919         return _core_.SizerItem_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
10920
10921     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
10922         """
10923         GetPosition(self) -> Point
10924
10925         Returns the current position of the item, as set in the last Layout.
10926         """
10927         return _core_.SizerItem_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
10928
10929     def GetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
10930         """
10931         GetUserData(self) -> PyObject
10932
10933         Returns the userData associated with this sizer item, or None if there
10934         isn't any.
10935         """
10936         return _core_.SizerItem_GetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
10937
10938     def SetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
10939         """
10940         SetUserData(self, PyObject userData)
10941
10942         Associate a Python object with this sizer item.
10943         """
10944         return _core_.SizerItem_SetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
10945
10946 _core_.SizerItem_swigregister(SizerItem)
10947
10948 def SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10949     """
10950     SizerItemWindow(Window window, int proportion, int flag, int border,
10951         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
10952
10953     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a window.
10954     """
10955     val = _core_.new_SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10956     return val
10957
10958 def SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10959     """
10960     SizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border,
10961         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
10962
10963     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a spacer.
10964     """
10965     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10966     return val
10967
10968 def SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10969     """
10970     SizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border,
10971         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
10972
10973     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a subsizer
10974     """
10975     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10976     return val
10977
10978 class Sizer(Object):
10979     """
10980     wx.Sizer is the abstract base class used for laying out subwindows in
10981     a window.  You cannot use wx.Sizer directly; instead, you will have to
10982     use one of the sizer classes derived from it such as `wx.BoxSizer`,
10983     `wx.StaticBoxSizer`, `wx.NotebookSizer`, `wx.GridSizer`,  `wx.FlexGridSizer`
10984     and `wx.GridBagSizer`.
10985
10986     The concept implemented by sizers in wxWidgets is closely related to
10987     layout tools in other GUI toolkits, such as Java's AWT, the GTK
10988     toolkit or the Qt toolkit. It is based upon the idea of the individual
10989     subwindows reporting their minimal required size and their ability to
10990     get stretched if the size of the parent window has changed. This will
10991     most often mean that the programmer does not set the original size of
10992     a dialog in the beginning, rather the dialog will assigned a sizer and
10993     this sizer will be queried about the recommended size. The sizer in
10994     turn will query its children, which can be normal windows or contorls,
10995     empty space or other sizers, so that a hierarchy of sizers can be
10996     constructed. Note that wxSizer does not derive from wxWindow and thus
10997     do not interfere with tab ordering and requires very little resources
10998     compared to a real window on screen.
10999
11000     What makes sizers so well fitted for use in wxWidgets is the fact that
11001     every control reports its own minimal size and the algorithm can
11002     handle differences in font sizes or different window (dialog item)
11003     sizes on different platforms without problems. If for example the
11004     standard font as well as the overall design of Mac widgets requires
11005     more space than on Windows, then the initial size of a dialog using a
11006     sizer will automatically be bigger on Mac than on Windows.
11007     """
11008     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11009     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11010     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11011     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Sizer
11012     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11013     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
11014         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self)"""
11015         return _core_.Sizer__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
11016
11017     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
11018         """
11019         Add(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11020             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11021
11022         Appends a child item to the sizer.
11023         """
11024         return _core_.Sizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
11025
11026     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
11027         """
11028         Insert(self, int before, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11029             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11030
11031         Inserts a new item into the list of items managed by this sizer before
11032         the item at index *before*.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11033         """
11034         return _core_.Sizer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
11035
11036     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
11037         """
11038         Prepend(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11039             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11040
11041         Adds a new item to the begining of the list of sizer items managed by
11042         this sizer.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11043         """
11044         return _core_.Sizer_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
11045
11046     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
11047         """
11048         Remove(self, item) -> bool
11049
11050         Removes an item from the sizer and destroys it.  This method does not
11051         cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to update
11052         the layout on screen after removing a child from the sizer.  The
11053         *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based
11054         index of an item to remove.  Returns True if the child item was found
11055         and removed.
11056         """
11057         return _core_.Sizer_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
11058
11059     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
11060         """
11061         Detach(self, item) -> bool
11062
11063         Detaches an item from the sizer without destroying it.  This method
11064         does not cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to
11065         do so.  The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11066         zero-based index of the item to be detached.  Returns True if the child item
11067         was found and detached.
11068         """
11069         return _core_.Sizer_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
11070
11071     def GetItem(*args, **kwargs):
11072         """
11073         GetItem(self, item) -> wx.SizerItem
11074
11075         Returns the `wx.SizerItem` which holds the *item* given.  The *item*
11076         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11077         the item to be found.
11078         """
11079         return _core_.Sizer_GetItem(*args, **kwargs)
11080
11081     def _SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11082         """_SetItemMinSize(self, PyObject item, Size size)"""
11083         return _core_.Sizer__SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11084
11085     def SetItemMinSize(self, item, *args):
11086         """
11087         SetItemMinSize(self, item, Size size)
11088
11089         Sets the minimum size that will be allocated for an item in the sizer.
11090         The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11091         zero-based index of the item.  If a window or sizer is given then it
11092         will be searched for recursivly in subsizers if neccessary.
11093         """
11094         if len(args) == 2:
11095             # for backward compatibility accept separate width,height args too
11096             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args)
11097         else:
11098             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args[0])
11099
11100     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
11101         """
11102         AddItem(self, SizerItem item)
11103
11104         Adds a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11105         """
11106         return _core_.Sizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
11107
11108     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
11109         """
11110         InsertItem(self, int index, SizerItem item)
11111
11112         Inserts a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer at the position given by *index*.
11113         """
11114         return _core_.Sizer_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
11115
11116     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
11117         """
11118         PrependItem(self, SizerItem item)
11119
11120         Prepends a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11121         """
11122         return _core_.Sizer_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
11123
11124     def AddMany(self, items):
11125         """
11126         AddMany is a convenience method for adding several items
11127         to a sizer at one time.  Simply pass it a list of tuples,
11128         where each tuple consists of the parameters that you
11129         would normally pass to the `Add` method.
11130         """
11131         for item in items:
11132             if type(item) != type(()) or (len(item) == 2 and type(item[0]) == type(1)):
11133                 item = (item, )
11134             self.Add(*item)
11135
11136     # for backwards compatibility only, please do not use in new code
11137     def AddWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11138         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11139         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11140     def AddSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11141         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11142         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11143     def AddSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11144         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11145         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11146
11147     def PrependWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11148         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11149         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11150     def PrependSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11151         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11152         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11153     def PrependSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11154         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11155         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11156
11157     def InsertWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11158         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11159         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11160     def InsertSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11161         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11162         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11163     def InsertSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11164         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11165         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11166
11167     def RemoveWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11168         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11169         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11170     def RemoveSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11171         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11172         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11173     def RemovePos(self, *args, **kw):
11174         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11175         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11176
11177
11178     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
11179         """
11180         SetDimension(self, int x, int y, int width, int height)
11181
11182         Call this to force the sizer to take the given dimension and thus
11183         force the items owned by the sizer to resize themselves according to
11184         the rules defined by the parameter in the `Add`, `Insert` or `Prepend`
11185         methods.
11186         """
11187         return _core_.Sizer_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
11188
11189     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11190         """
11191         SetMinSize(self, Size size)
11192
11193         Call this to give the sizer a minimal size. Normally, the sizer will
11194         calculate its minimal size based purely on how much space its children
11195         need. After calling this method `GetMinSize` will return either the
11196         minimal size as requested by its children or the minimal size set
11197         here, depending on which is bigger.
11198         """
11199         return _core_.Sizer_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11200
11201     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
11202         """
11203         GetSize(self) -> Size
11204
11205         Returns the current size of the space managed by the sizer.
11206         """
11207         return _core_.Sizer_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
11208
11209     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
11210         """
11211         GetPosition(self) -> Point
11212
11213         Returns the current position of the sizer's managed space.
11214         """
11215         return _core_.Sizer_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
11216
11217     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11218         """
11219         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
11220
11221         Returns the minimal size of the sizer. This is either the combined
11222         minimal size of all the children and their borders or the minimal size
11223         set by SetMinSize, depending on which is bigger.
11224         """
11225         return _core_.Sizer_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11226
11227     def GetSizeTuple(self):
11228         return self.GetSize().Get()
11229     def GetPositionTuple(self):
11230         return self.GetPosition().Get()
11231     def GetMinSizeTuple(self):
11232         return self.GetMinSize().Get()
11233
11234     def RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs):
11235         """
11236         RecalcSizes(self)
11237
11238         Using the sizes calculated by `CalcMin` reposition and resize all the
11239         items managed by this sizer.  You should not need to call this directly as
11240         it is called by `Layout`.
11241         """
11242         return _core_.Sizer_RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs)
11243
11244     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
11245         """
11246         CalcMin(self) -> Size
11247
11248         This method is where the sizer will do the actual calculation of its
11249         children's minimal sizes.  You should not need to call this directly as
11250         it is called by `Layout`.
11251         """
11252         return _core_.Sizer_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
11253
11254     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
11255         """
11256         Layout(self)
11257
11258         This method will force the recalculation and layout of the items
11259         controlled by the sizer using the current space allocated to the
11260         sizer.  Normally this is called automatically from the owning window's
11261         EVT_SIZE handler, but it is also useful to call it from user code when
11262         one of the items in a sizer change size, or items are added or
11263         removed.
11264         """
11265         return _core_.Sizer_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
11266
11267     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
11268         """
11269         Fit(self, Window window) -> Size
11270
11271         Tell the sizer to resize the *window* to match the sizer's minimal
11272         size. This is commonly done in the constructor of the window itself in
11273         order to set its initial size to match the needs of the children as
11274         determined by the sizer.  Returns the new size.
11275
11276         For a top level window this is the total window size, not the client size.
11277         """
11278         return _core_.Sizer_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
11279
11280     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
11281         """
11282         FitInside(self, Window window)
11283
11284         Tell the sizer to resize the *virtual size* of the *window* to match the
11285         sizer's minimal size. This will not alter the on screen size of the
11286         window, but may cause the addition/removal/alteration of scrollbars
11287         required to view the virtual area in windows which manage it.
11288
11289         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`, `SetVirtualSizeHints`
11290
11291         """
11292         return _core_.Sizer_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
11293
11294     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
11295         """
11296         SetSizeHints(self, Window window)
11297
11298         Tell the sizer to set (and `Fit`) the minimal size of the *window* to
11299         match the sizer's minimal size. This is commonly done in the
11300         constructor of the window itself if the window is resizable (as are
11301         many dialogs under Unix and frames on probably all platforms) in order
11302         to prevent the window from being sized smaller than the minimal size
11303         required by the sizer.
11304         """
11305         return _core_.Sizer_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
11306
11307     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
11308         """
11309         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, Window window)
11310
11311         Tell the sizer to set the minimal size of the window virtual area to
11312         match the sizer's minimal size. For windows with managed scrollbars
11313         this will set them appropriately.
11314
11315         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`
11316
11317         """
11318         return _core_.Sizer_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
11319
11320     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
11321         """
11322         Clear(self, bool deleteWindows=False)
11323
11324         Clear all items from the sizer, optionally destroying the window items
11325         as well.
11326         """
11327         return _core_.Sizer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
11328
11329     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
11330         """
11331         DeleteWindows(self)
11332
11333         Destroy all windows managed by the sizer.
11334         """
11335         return _core_.Sizer_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
11336
11337     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
11338         """
11339         GetChildren(self) -> list
11340
11341         Returns a list of all the `wx.SizerItem` objects managed by the sizer.
11342         """
11343         return _core_.Sizer_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
11344
11345     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
11346         """
11347         Show(self, item, bool show=True, bool recursive=false) -> bool
11348
11349         Shows or hides an item managed by the sizer.  To make a sizer item
11350         disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
11351         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11352         the item.  Use the recursive parameter to show or hide an item in a
11353         subsizer.  Returns True if the item was found.
11354         """
11355         return _core_.Sizer_Show(*args, **kwargs)
11356
11357     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
11358         """
11359         IsShown(self, item)
11360
11361         Determines if the item is currently shown. To make a sizer
11362         item disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
11363         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11364         the item.
11365         """
11366         return _core_.Sizer_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
11367
11368     def Hide(self, item, recursive=False):
11369         """
11370         A convenience method for `Show` (item, False, recursive).
11371         """
11372         return self.Show(item, False, recursive)
11373
11374     def ShowItems(*args, **kwargs):
11375         """
11376         ShowItems(self, bool show)
11377
11378         Recursively call `wx.SizerItem.Show` on all sizer items.
11379         """
11380         return _core_.Sizer_ShowItems(*args, **kwargs)
11381
11382 _core_.Sizer_swigregister(Sizer)
11383
11384 class PySizer(Sizer):
11385     """
11386     wx.PySizer is a special version of `wx.Sizer` that has been
11387     instrumented to allow the C++ virtual methods to be overloaded in
11388     Python derived classes.  You would derive from this class if you are
11389     wanting to implement a custom sizer in Python code.  Simply implement
11390     `CalcMin` and `RecalcSizes` in the derived class and you're all set.
11391     For example::
11392
11393         class MySizer(wx.PySizer):
11394              def __init__(self):
11395                  wx.PySizer.__init__(self)
11396
11397              def CalcMin(self):
11398                  for item in self.GetChildren():
11399                       # calculate the total minimum width and height needed
11400                       # by all items in the sizer according to this sizer's
11401                       # layout algorithm.
11402                       ...
11403                  return wx.Size(width, height)
11404
11405               def RecalcSizes(self):
11406                   # find the space allotted to this sizer
11407                   pos = self.GetPosition()
11408                   size = self.GetSize()
11409                   for item in self.GetChildren():
11410                       # Recalculate (if necessary) the position and size of
11411                       # each item and then call item.SetDimension to do the
11412                       # actual positioning and sizing of the items within the
11413                       # space alloted to this sizer.
11414                       ...
11415                       item.SetDimension(itemPos, itemSize)
11416
11417
11418     When `Layout` is called it first calls `CalcMin` followed by
11419     `RecalcSizes` so you can optimize a bit by saving the results of
11420     `CalcMin` and reusing them in `RecalcSizes`.
11421
11422     :see: `wx.SizerItem`, `wx.Sizer.GetChildren`
11423
11424
11425     """
11426     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11427     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11428     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11429         """
11430         __init__(self) -> PySizer
11431
11432         Creates a wx.PySizer.  Must be called from the __init__ in the derived
11433         class.
11434         """
11435         _core_.PySizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PySizer(*args, **kwargs))
11436         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PySizer);self._setOORInfo(self)
11437
11438     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
11439         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
11440         return _core_.PySizer__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
11441
11442 _core_.PySizer_swigregister(PySizer)
11443
11444 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11445
11446 class BoxSizer(Sizer):
11447     """
11448     The basic idea behind a box sizer is that windows will most often be
11449     laid out in rather simple basic geometry, typically in a row or a
11450     column or nested hierarchies of either.  A wx.BoxSizer will lay out
11451     its items in a simple row or column, depending on the orientation
11452     parameter passed to the constructor.
11453     """
11454     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11455     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11456     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11457         """
11458         __init__(self, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> BoxSizer
11459
11460         Constructor for a wx.BoxSizer. *orient* may be one of ``wx.VERTICAL``
11461         or ``wx.HORIZONTAL`` for creating either a column sizer or a row
11462         sizer.
11463         """
11464         _core_.BoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11465         self._setOORInfo(self)
11466
11467     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
11468         """
11469         GetOrientation(self) -> int
11470
11471         Returns the current orientation of the sizer.
11472         """
11473         return _core_.BoxSizer_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
11474
11475     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
11476         """
11477         SetOrientation(self, int orient)
11478
11479         Resets the orientation of the sizer.
11480         """
11481         return _core_.BoxSizer_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
11482
11483 _core_.BoxSizer_swigregister(BoxSizer)
11484
11485 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11486
11487 class StaticBoxSizer(BoxSizer):
11488     """
11489     wx.StaticBoxSizer derives from and functions identically to the
11490     `wx.BoxSizer` and adds a `wx.StaticBox` around the items that the sizer
11491     manages.  Note that this static box must be created separately and
11492     passed to the sizer constructor.
11493     """
11494     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11495     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11496     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11497         """
11498         __init__(self, StaticBox box, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> StaticBoxSizer
11499
11500         Constructor. It takes an associated static box and the orientation
11501         *orient* as parameters - orient can be either of ``wx.VERTICAL`` or
11502         ``wx.HORIZONTAL``.
11503         """
11504         _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StaticBoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11505         self._setOORInfo(self)
11506
11507     def GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs):
11508         """
11509         GetStaticBox(self) -> StaticBox
11510
11511         Returns the static box associated with this sizer.
11512         """
11513         return _core_.StaticBoxSizer_GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs)
11514
11515 _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swigregister(StaticBoxSizer)
11516
11517 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11518
11519 class GridSizer(Sizer):
11520     """
11521     A grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
11522     two-dimensional table with all cells having the same size.  In other
11523     words, the width of each cell within the grid is the width of the
11524     widest item added to the sizer and the height of each grid cell is the
11525     height of the tallest item.  An optional vertical and/or horizontal
11526     gap between items can also be specified (in pixels.)
11527
11528     Items are placed in the cells of the grid in the order they are added,
11529     in row-major order.  In other words, the first row is filled first,
11530     then the second, and so on until all items have been added. (If
11531     neccessary, additional rows will be added as items are added.)  If you
11532     need to have greater control over the cells that items are placed in
11533     then use the `wx.GridBagSizer`.
11534
11535     """
11536     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11537     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11538     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11539         """
11540         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridSizer
11541
11542         Constructor for a wx.GridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the number
11543         of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters is
11544         zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
11545         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
11546         define extra space between all children.
11547         """
11548         _core_.GridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11549         self._setOORInfo(self)
11550
11551     def SetCols(*args, **kwargs):
11552         """
11553         SetCols(self, int cols)
11554
11555         Sets the number of columns in the sizer.
11556         """
11557         return _core_.GridSizer_SetCols(*args, **kwargs)
11558
11559     def SetRows(*args, **kwargs):
11560         """
11561         SetRows(self, int rows)
11562
11563         Sets the number of rows in the sizer.
11564         """
11565         return _core_.GridSizer_SetRows(*args, **kwargs)
11566
11567     def SetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
11568         """
11569         SetVGap(self, int gap)
11570
11571         Sets the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
11572         """
11573         return _core_.GridSizer_SetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
11574
11575     def SetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
11576         """
11577         SetHGap(self, int gap)
11578
11579         Sets the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer
11580         """
11581         return _core_.GridSizer_SetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
11582
11583     def GetCols(*args, **kwargs):
11584         """
11585         GetCols(self) -> int
11586
11587         Returns the number of columns in the sizer.
11588         """
11589         return _core_.GridSizer_GetCols(*args, **kwargs)
11590
11591     def GetRows(*args, **kwargs):
11592         """
11593         GetRows(self) -> int
11594
11595         Returns the number of rows in the sizer.
11596         """
11597         return _core_.GridSizer_GetRows(*args, **kwargs)
11598
11599     def GetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
11600         """
11601         GetVGap(self) -> int
11602
11603         Returns the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
11604         """
11605         return _core_.GridSizer_GetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
11606
11607     def GetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
11608         """
11609         GetHGap(self) -> int
11610
11611         Returns the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer.
11612         """
11613         return _core_.GridSizer_GetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
11614
11615     def CalcRowsCols(self):
11616         """
11617         CalcRowsCols() -> (rows, cols)
11618
11619         Calculates how many rows and columns will be in the sizer based
11620         on the current number of items and also the rows, cols specified
11621         in the constructor.
11622         """
11623         nitems = len(self.GetChildren())
11624         rows = self.GetRows()
11625         cols = self.GetCols()
11626         assert rows != 0 or cols != 0, "Grid sizer must have either rows or columns fixed"
11627         if cols != 0:
11628             rows = (nitems + cols - 1) / cols
11629         elif rows != 0:
11630             cols = (nitems + rows - 1) / rows
11631         return (rows, cols)
11632
11633 _core_.GridSizer_swigregister(GridSizer)
11634
11635 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11636
11637 FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE
11638 FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED
11639 FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL
11640 class FlexGridSizer(GridSizer):
11641     """
11642     A flex grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
11643     two-dimensional table with all table cells in one row having the same
11644     height and all cells in one column having the same width, but all
11645     rows or all columns are not necessarily the same height or width as in
11646     the `wx.GridSizer`.
11647
11648     wx.FlexGridSizer can also size items equally in one direction but
11649     unequally ("flexibly") in the other. If the sizer is only flexible
11650     in one direction (this can be changed using `SetFlexibleDirection`), it
11651     needs to be decided how the sizer should grow in the other ("non
11652     flexible") direction in order to fill the available space. The
11653     `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` method serves this purpose.
11654
11655
11656     """
11657     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11658     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11659     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11660         """
11661         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> FlexGridSizer
11662
11663         Constructor for a wx.FlexGridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the
11664         number of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters
11665         is zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
11666         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
11667         define extra space between all children.
11668         """
11669         _core_.FlexGridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FlexGridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11670         self._setOORInfo(self)
11671
11672     def AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
11673         """
11674         AddGrowableRow(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
11675
11676         Specifies that row *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if there
11677         is extra space available to the sizer.
11678
11679         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
11680         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
11681         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
11682         """
11683         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
11684
11685     def RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
11686         """
11687         RemoveGrowableRow(self, size_t idx)
11688
11689         Specifies that row *idx* is no longer growable.
11690         """
11691         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
11692
11693     def AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
11694         """
11695         AddGrowableCol(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
11696
11697         Specifies that column *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if
11698         there is extra space available to the sizer.
11699
11700         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
11701         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
11702         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
11703         """
11704         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
11705
11706     def RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
11707         """
11708         RemoveGrowableCol(self, size_t idx)
11709
11710         Specifies that column *idx* is no longer growable.
11711         """
11712         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
11713
11714     def SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
11715         """
11716         SetFlexibleDirection(self, int direction)
11717
11718         Specifies whether the sizer should flexibly resize its columns, rows,
11719         or both. Argument *direction* can be one of the following values.  Any
11720         other value is ignored.
11721
11722             ==============    =======================================
11723             wx.VERTICAL       Rows are flexibly sized.
11724             wx.HORIZONTAL     Columns are flexibly sized.
11725             wx.BOTH           Both rows and columns are flexibly sized
11726                               (this is the default value).
11727             ==============    =======================================
11728
11729         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
11730
11731         """
11732         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
11733
11734     def GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
11735         """
11736         GetFlexibleDirection(self) -> int
11737
11738         Returns a value that specifies whether the sizer
11739         flexibly resizes its columns, rows, or both (default).
11740
11741         :see: `SetFlexibleDirection`
11742         """
11743         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
11744
11745     def SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
11746         """
11747         SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self, int mode)
11748
11749         Specifies how the sizer should grow in the non-flexible direction if
11750         there is one (so `SetFlexibleDirection` must have been called
11751         previously). Argument *mode* can be one of the following values:
11752
11753             ==========================  =================================================
11754             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE       Sizer doesn't grow in the non flexible direction.
11755             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED  Sizer honors growable columns/rows set with
11756                                         `AddGrowableCol` and `AddGrowableRow`. In this
11757                                         case equal sizing applies to minimum sizes of
11758                                         columns or rows (this is the default value).
11759             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL        Sizer equally stretches all columns or rows in
11760                                         the non flexible direction, whether they are
11761                                         growable or not in the flexbile direction.
11762             ==========================  =================================================
11763
11764         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
11765
11766
11767         """
11768         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
11769
11770     def GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
11771         """
11772         GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self) -> int
11773
11774         Returns the value that specifies how the sizer grows in the
11775         non-flexible direction if there is one.
11776
11777         :see: `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`
11778         """
11779         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
11780
11781     def GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs):
11782         """
11783         GetRowHeights(self) -> list
11784
11785         Returns a list of integers representing the heights of each of the
11786         rows in the sizer.
11787         """
11788         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs)
11789
11790     def GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs):
11791         """
11792         GetColWidths(self) -> list
11793
11794         Returns a list of integers representing the widths of each of the
11795         columns in the sizer.
11796         """
11797         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs)
11798
11799 _core_.FlexGridSizer_swigregister(FlexGridSizer)
11800
11801 class StdDialogButtonSizer(BoxSizer):
11802     """
11803     A special sizer that knows how to order and position standard buttons
11804     in order to conform to the current platform's standards.  You simply
11805     need to add each `wx.Button` to the sizer, and be sure to create the
11806     buttons using the standard ID's.  Then call `Realize` and the sizer
11807     will take care of the rest.
11808
11809     """
11810     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11811     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11812     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11813         """__init__(self) -> StdDialogButtonSizer"""
11814         _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StdDialogButtonSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11815     def AddButton(*args, **kwargs):
11816         """
11817         AddButton(self, wxButton button)
11818
11819         Use this to add the buttons to this sizer.  Do not use the `Add`
11820         method in the base class.
11821         """
11822         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_AddButton(*args, **kwargs)
11823
11824     def Realize(*args, **kwargs):
11825         """
11826         Realize(self)
11827
11828         This funciton needs to be called after all the buttons have been added
11829         to the sizer.  It will reorder them and position them in a platform
11830         specifc manner.
11831         """
11832         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_Realize(*args, **kwargs)
11833
11834     def SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11835         """SetAffirmativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
11836         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11837
11838     def SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11839         """SetNegativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
11840         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11841
11842     def SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
11843         """SetCancelButton(self, wxButton button)"""
11844         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
11845
11846     def GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11847         """GetAffirmativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11848         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11849
11850     def GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs):
11851         """GetApplyButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11852         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs)
11853
11854     def GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11855         """GetNegativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11856         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11857
11858     def GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
11859         """GetCancelButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11860         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
11861
11862     def GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs):
11863         """GetHelpButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11864         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs)
11865
11866 _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister(StdDialogButtonSizer)
11867
11868 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11869
11870 class GBPosition(object):
11871     """
11872     This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
11873     rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
11874     typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
11875     integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
11876     representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
11877     """
11878     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11879     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11880     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11881         """
11882         __init__(self, int row=0, int col=0) -> GBPosition
11883
11884         This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
11885         rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
11886         typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
11887         integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
11888         representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
11889         """
11890         _core_.GBPosition_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBPosition(*args, **kwargs))
11891     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBPosition
11892     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11893     def GetRow(*args, **kwargs):
11894         """GetRow(self) -> int"""
11895         return _core_.GBPosition_GetRow(*args, **kwargs)
11896
11897     def GetCol(*args, **kwargs):
11898         """GetCol(self) -> int"""
11899         return _core_.GBPosition_GetCol(*args, **kwargs)
11900
11901     def SetRow(*args, **kwargs):
11902         """SetRow(self, int row)"""
11903         return _core_.GBPosition_SetRow(*args, **kwargs)
11904
11905     def SetCol(*args, **kwargs):
11906         """SetCol(self, int col)"""
11907         return _core_.GBPosition_SetCol(*args, **kwargs)
11908
11909     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
11910         """
11911         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
11912
11913         Compare GBPosition for equality.
11914         """
11915         return _core_.GBPosition___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
11916
11917     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
11918         """
11919         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
11920
11921         Compare GBPosition for inequality.
11922         """
11923         return _core_.GBPosition___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
11924
11925     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
11926         """Set(self, int row=0, int col=0)"""
11927         return _core_.GBPosition_Set(*args, **kwargs)
11928
11929     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
11930         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
11931         return _core_.GBPosition_Get(*args, **kwargs)
11932
11933     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
11934     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
11935     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBPosition'+str(self.Get())
11936     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
11937     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
11938     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
11939         if index == 0: self.SetRow(val)
11940         elif index == 1: self.SetCol(val)
11941         else: raise IndexError
11942     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
11943     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
11944     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBPosition, self.Get())
11945
11946     row = property(GetRow, SetRow)
11947     col = property(GetCol, SetCol)
11948
11949 _core_.GBPosition_swigregister(GBPosition)
11950
11951 class GBSpan(object):
11952     """
11953     This class is used to hold the row and column spanning attributes of
11954     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has typemaps that will
11955     automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of integers to a
11956     wx.GBSpan, so you can use the more pythonic representation of the span
11957     nearly transparently in Python code.
11958
11959     """
11960     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11961     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11962     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11963         """
11964         __init__(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1) -> GBSpan
11965
11966         Construct a new wxGBSpan, optionally setting the rowspan and
11967         colspan. The default is (1,1). (Meaning that the item occupies one
11968         cell in each direction.
11969         """
11970         _core_.GBSpan_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSpan(*args, **kwargs))
11971     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSpan
11972     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11973     def GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
11974         """GetRowspan(self) -> int"""
11975         return _core_.GBSpan_GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
11976
11977     def GetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
11978         """GetColspan(self) -> int"""
11979         return _core_.GBSpan_GetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
11980
11981     def SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
11982         """SetRowspan(self, int rowspan)"""
11983         return _core_.GBSpan_SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
11984
11985     def SetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
11986         """SetColspan(self, int colspan)"""
11987         return _core_.GBSpan_SetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
11988
11989     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
11990         """
11991         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
11992
11993         Compare wxGBSpan for equality.
11994         """
11995         return _core_.GBSpan___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
11996
11997     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
11998         """
11999         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12000
12001         Compare GBSpan for inequality.
12002         """
12003         return _core_.GBSpan___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
12004
12005     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12006         """Set(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1)"""
12007         return _core_.GBSpan_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12008
12009     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
12010         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
12011         return _core_.GBSpan_Get(*args, **kwargs)
12012
12013     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
12014     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
12015     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBSpan'+str(self.Get())
12016     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
12017     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
12018     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
12019         if index == 0: self.SetRowspan(val)
12020         elif index == 1: self.SetColspan(val)
12021         else: raise IndexError
12022     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
12023     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
12024     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBSpan, self.Get())
12025
12026     rowspan = property(GetRowspan, SetRowspan)
12027     colspan = property(GetColspan, SetColspan)
12028
12029 _core_.GBSpan_swigregister(GBSpan)
12030
12031 class GBSizerItem(SizerItem):
12032     """
12033     The wx.GBSizerItem class is used to track the additional data about
12034     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer` such as the item's position in the grid
12035     and how many rows or columns it spans.
12036
12037     """
12038     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12039     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12040     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12041         """
12042         __init__(self) -> GBSizerItem
12043
12044         Constructs an empty wx.GBSizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
12045         size will need to be set, as well as a position and span before this
12046         item can be used in a Sizer.
12047
12048         You will probably never need to create a wx.GBSizerItem directly as they
12049         are created automatically when the sizer's Add method is called.
12050         """
12051         _core_.GBSizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
12052     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSizerItem
12053     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12054     def GetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12055         """
12056         GetPos(self) -> GBPosition
12057
12058         Get the grid position of the item
12059         """
12060         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12061
12062     def GetPosTuple(self): return self.GetPos().Get()
12063     def GetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12064         """
12065         GetSpan(self) -> GBSpan
12066
12067         Get the row and column spanning of the item
12068         """
12069         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12070
12071     def GetSpanTuple(self): return self.GetSpan().Get()
12072     def SetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12073         """
12074         SetPos(self, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12075
12076         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12077         there is no other item that would intersect with this one at the new
12078         position, then set the new position.  Returns True if the change is
12079         successful and after the next Layout() the item will be moved.
12080         """
12081         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12082
12083     def SetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12084         """
12085         SetSpan(self, GBSpan span) -> bool
12086
12087         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12088         there is no other item that would intersect with this one with its new
12089         spanning size, then set the new spanning.  Returns True if the change
12090         is successful and after the next Layout() the item will be resized.
12091
12092         """
12093         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12094
12095     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
12096         """
12097         Intersects(self, GBSizerItem other) -> bool
12098
12099         Returns True if this item and the other item instersect.
12100         """
12101         return _core_.GBSizerItem_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
12102
12103     def IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs):
12104         """
12105         IntersectsPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span) -> bool
12106
12107         Returns True if the given pos/span would intersect with this item.
12108         """
12109         return _core_.GBSizerItem_IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs)
12110
12111     def GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs):
12112         """
12113         GetEndPos(self) -> GBPosition
12114
12115         Get the row and column of the endpoint of this item.
12116         """
12117         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs)
12118
12119     def GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12120         """
12121         GetGBSizer(self) -> GridBagSizer
12122
12123         Get the sizer this item is a member of.
12124         """
12125         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12126
12127     def SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12128         """
12129         SetGBSizer(self, GridBagSizer sizer)
12130
12131         Set the sizer this item is a member of.
12132         """
12133         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12134
12135 _core_.GBSizerItem_swigregister(GBSizerItem)
12136 DefaultSpan = cvar.DefaultSpan
12137
12138 def GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12139     """
12140     GBSizerItemWindow(Window window, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12141         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12142
12143     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a window.
12144     """
12145     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12146     return val
12147
12148 def GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12149     """
12150     GBSizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12151         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12152
12153     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a sizer
12154     """
12155     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12156     return val
12157
12158 def GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12159     """
12160     GBSizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span,
12161         int flag, int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12162
12163     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a spacer.
12164     """
12165     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12166     return val
12167
12168 class GridBagSizer(FlexGridSizer):
12169     """
12170     A `wx.Sizer` that can lay out items in a virtual grid like a
12171     `wx.FlexGridSizer` but in this case explicit positioning of the items
12172     is allowed using `wx.GBPosition`, and items can optionally span more
12173     than one row and/or column using `wx.GBSpan`.  The total size of the
12174     virtual grid is determined by the largest row and column that items are
12175     positioned at, adjusted for spanning.
12176
12177     """
12178     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12179     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12180     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12181         """
12182         __init__(self, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridBagSizer
12183
12184         Constructor, with optional parameters to specify the gap between the
12185         rows and columns.
12186         """
12187         _core_.GridBagSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridBagSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12188         self._setOORInfo(self)
12189
12190     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
12191         """
12192         Add(self, item, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span=DefaultSpan, int flag=0,
12193         int border=0, userData=None) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12194
12195         Adds an item to the sizer at the grid cell *pos*, optionally spanning
12196         more than one row or column as specified with *span*.  The remaining
12197         args behave similarly to `wx.Sizer.Add`.
12198
12199         Returns True if the item was successfully placed at the given cell
12200         position, False if something was already there.
12201
12202         """
12203         return _core_.GridBagSizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
12204
12205     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
12206         """
12207         Add(self, GBSizerItem item) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12208
12209         Add an item to the sizer using a `wx.GBSizerItem`.  Returns True if
12210         the item was successfully placed at its given cell position, False if
12211         something was already there.
12212         """
12213         return _core_.GridBagSizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
12214
12215     def GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12216         """
12217         GetCellSize(self, int row, int col) -> Size
12218
12219         Get the size of the specified cell, including hgap and
12220         vgap.  Only valid after a Layout.
12221         """
12222         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12223
12224     def GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12225         """
12226         GetEmptyCellSize(self) -> Size
12227
12228         Get the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12229         """
12230         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12231
12232     def SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12233         """
12234         SetEmptyCellSize(self, Size sz)
12235
12236         Set the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12237         """
12238         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12239
12240     def GetItemPosition(*args):
12241         """
12242         GetItemPosition(self, item) -> GBPosition
12243
12244         Get the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
12245         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
12246         index of an item.
12247         """
12248         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemPosition(*args)
12249
12250     def SetItemPosition(*args):
12251         """
12252         SetItemPosition(self, item, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12253
12254         Set the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
12255         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
12256         index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is not
12257         allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
12258
12259         """
12260         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemPosition(*args)
12261
12262     def GetItemSpan(*args):
12263         """
12264         GetItemSpan(self, item) -> GBSpan
12265
12266         Get the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
12267         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
12268         zero-based index of an item.
12269         """
12270         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemSpan(*args)
12271
12272     def SetItemSpan(*args):
12273         """
12274         SetItemSpan(self, item, GBSpan span) -> bool
12275
12276         Set the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
12277         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
12278         zero-based index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is
12279         not allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
12280         """
12281         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemSpan(*args)
12282
12283     def FindItem(*args):
12284         """
12285         FindItem(self, item) -> GBSizerItem
12286
12287         Find the sizer item for the given window or subsizer, returns None if
12288         not found. (non-recursive)
12289         """
12290         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItem(*args)
12291
12292     def FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs):
12293         """
12294         FindItemAtPosition(self, GBPosition pos) -> GBSizerItem
12295
12296         Return the sizer item for the given grid cell, or None if there is no
12297         item at that position. (non-recursive)
12298         """
12299         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs)
12300
12301     def FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
12302         """
12303         FindItemAtPoint(self, Point pt) -> GBSizerItem
12304
12305         Return the sizer item located at the point given in *pt*, or None if
12306         there is no item at that point. The (x,y) coordinates in pt correspond
12307         to the client coordinates of the window using the sizer for
12308         layout. (non-recursive)
12309         """
12310         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
12311
12312     def CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs):
12313         """
12314         CheckForIntersection(self, GBSizerItem item, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
12315
12316         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
12317         given *item*.  Returns True if so, False if there would be no overlap.
12318         If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked for
12319         intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
12320         position of.
12321
12322         """
12323         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs)
12324
12325     def CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs):
12326         """
12327         CheckForIntersectionPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
12328
12329         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
12330         given position and span.  Returns True if so, False if there would be
12331         no overlap.  If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked
12332         for intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
12333         position of.
12334         """
12335         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs)
12336
12337 _core_.GridBagSizer_swigregister(GridBagSizer)
12338
12339 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12340
12341 Left = _core_.Left
12342 Top = _core_.Top
12343 Right = _core_.Right
12344 Bottom = _core_.Bottom
12345 Width = _core_.Width
12346 Height = _core_.Height
12347 Centre = _core_.Centre
12348 Center = _core_.Center
12349 CentreX = _core_.CentreX
12350 CentreY = _core_.CentreY
12351 Unconstrained = _core_.Unconstrained
12352 AsIs = _core_.AsIs
12353 PercentOf = _core_.PercentOf
12354 Above = _core_.Above
12355 Below = _core_.Below
12356 LeftOf = _core_.LeftOf
12357 RightOf = _core_.RightOf
12358 SameAs = _core_.SameAs
12359 Absolute = _core_.Absolute
12360 class IndividualLayoutConstraint(Object):
12361     """
12362     Objects of this class are stored in the `wx.LayoutConstraints` class as
12363     one of eight possible constraints that a window can be involved in.
12364     You will never need to create an instance of
12365     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, rather you should create a
12366     `wx.LayoutConstraints` instance and use the individual contstraints
12367     that it contains.
12368     """
12369     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12370     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
12371     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12372     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12373         """
12374         Set(self, int rel, Window otherW, int otherE, int val=0, int marg=wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN)
12375
12376         Sets the properties of the constraint. Normally called by one of the
12377         convenience functions such as Above, RightOf, SameAs.
12378         """
12379         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12380
12381     def LeftOf(*args, **kwargs):
12382         """
12383         LeftOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12384
12385         Constrains this edge to be to the left of the given window, with an
12386         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the left edge of the
12387         other window.
12388         """
12389         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_LeftOf(*args, **kwargs)
12390
12391     def RightOf(*args, **kwargs):
12392         """
12393         RightOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12394
12395         Constrains this edge to be to the right of the given window, with an
12396         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the right edge of the
12397         other window.
12398         """
12399         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_RightOf(*args, **kwargs)
12400
12401     def Above(*args, **kwargs):
12402         """
12403         Above(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12404
12405         Constrains this edge to be above the given window, with an optional
12406         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the top edge of the other
12407         window.
12408         """
12409         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Above(*args, **kwargs)
12410
12411     def Below(*args, **kwargs):
12412         """
12413         Below(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12414
12415         Constrains this edge to be below the given window, with an optional
12416         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the bottom edge of the other
12417         window.
12418         """
12419         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Below(*args, **kwargs)
12420
12421     def SameAs(*args, **kwargs):
12422         """
12423         SameAs(self, Window otherW, int edge, int marg=0)
12424
12425         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to the same as the edge of the
12426         given window, with an optional margin.
12427         """
12428         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SameAs(*args, **kwargs)
12429
12430     def PercentOf(*args, **kwargs):
12431         """
12432         PercentOf(self, Window otherW, int wh, int per)
12433
12434         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to a percentage of the given
12435         window, with an optional margin.
12436         """
12437         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_PercentOf(*args, **kwargs)
12438
12439     def Absolute(*args, **kwargs):
12440         """
12441         Absolute(self, int val)
12442
12443         Constrains this edge or dimension to be the given absolute value.
12444         """
12445         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Absolute(*args, **kwargs)
12446
12447     def Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs):
12448         """
12449         Unconstrained(self)
12450
12451         Sets this edge or dimension to be unconstrained, that is, dependent on
12452         other edges and dimensions from which this value can be deduced.
12453         """
12454         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs)
12455
12456     def AsIs(*args, **kwargs):
12457         """
12458         AsIs(self)
12459
12460         Sets this edge or constraint to be whatever the window's value is at
12461         the moment. If either of the width and height constraints are *as is*,
12462         the window will not be resized, but moved instead. This is important
12463         when considering panel items which are intended to have a default
12464         size, such as a button, which may take its size from the size of the
12465         button label.
12466         """
12467         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_AsIs(*args, **kwargs)
12468
12469     def GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12470         """GetOtherWindow(self) -> Window"""
12471         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12472
12473     def GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12474         """GetMyEdge(self) -> int"""
12475         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12476
12477     def SetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12478         """SetEdge(self, int which)"""
12479         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12480
12481     def SetValue(*args, **kwargs):
12482         """SetValue(self, int v)"""
12483         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetValue(*args, **kwargs)
12484
12485     def GetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
12486         """GetMargin(self) -> int"""
12487         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
12488
12489     def SetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
12490         """SetMargin(self, int m)"""
12491         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
12492
12493     def GetValue(*args, **kwargs):
12494         """GetValue(self) -> int"""
12495         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetValue(*args, **kwargs)
12496
12497     def GetPercent(*args, **kwargs):
12498         """GetPercent(self) -> int"""
12499         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetPercent(*args, **kwargs)
12500
12501     def GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12502         """GetOtherEdge(self) -> int"""
12503         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12504
12505     def GetDone(*args, **kwargs):
12506         """GetDone(self) -> bool"""
12507         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetDone(*args, **kwargs)
12508
12509     def SetDone(*args, **kwargs):
12510         """SetDone(self, bool d)"""
12511         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetDone(*args, **kwargs)
12512
12513     def GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
12514         """GetRelationship(self) -> int"""
12515         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
12516
12517     def SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
12518         """SetRelationship(self, int r)"""
12519         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
12520
12521     def ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs):
12522         """
12523         ResetIfWin(self, Window otherW) -> bool
12524
12525         Reset constraint if it mentions otherWin
12526         """
12527         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs)
12528
12529     def SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs):
12530         """
12531         SatisfyConstraint(self, LayoutConstraints constraints, Window win) -> bool
12532
12533         Try to satisfy constraint
12534         """
12535         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs)
12536
12537     def GetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12538         """
12539         GetEdge(self, int which, Window thisWin, Window other) -> int
12540
12541         Get the value of this edge or dimension, or if this
12542         is not determinable, -1.
12543         """
12544         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12545
12546 _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister(IndividualLayoutConstraint)
12547
12548 class LayoutConstraints(Object):
12549     """
12550     **Note:** constraints are now deprecated and you should use sizers
12551     instead.
12552
12553     Objects of this class can be associated with a window to define its
12554     layout constraints, with respect to siblings or its parent.
12555
12556     The class consists of the following eight constraints of class
12557     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, some or all of which should be accessed
12558     directly to set the appropriate constraints.
12559
12560         * left: represents the left hand edge of the window
12561         * right: represents the right hand edge of the window
12562         * top: represents the top edge of the window
12563         * bottom: represents the bottom edge of the window
12564         * width: represents the width of the window
12565         * height: represents the height of the window
12566         * centreX: represents the horizontal centre point of the window
12567         * centreY: represents the vertical centre point of the window
12568
12569     Most constraints are initially set to have the relationship
12570     wxUnconstrained, which means that their values should be calculated by
12571     looking at known constraints. The exceptions are width and height,
12572     which are set to wxAsIs to ensure that if the user does not specify a
12573     constraint, the existing width and height will be used, to be
12574     compatible with panel items which often have take a default size. If
12575     the constraint is ``wx.AsIs``, the dimension will not be changed.
12576
12577     :see: `wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint`, `wx.Window.SetConstraints`
12578
12579     """
12580     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12581     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12582     left = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_left_get)
12583     top = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_top_get)
12584     right = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_right_get)
12585     bottom = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_bottom_get)
12586     width = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_width_get)
12587     height = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_height_get)
12588     centreX = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreX_get)
12589     centreY = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreY_get)
12590     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12591         """__init__(self) -> LayoutConstraints"""
12592         _core_.LayoutConstraints_swiginit(self,_core_.new_LayoutConstraints(*args, **kwargs))
12593     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_LayoutConstraints
12594     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12595     def SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
12596         """SatisfyConstraints(Window win) -> (areSatisfied, noChanges)"""
12597         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
12598
12599     def AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs):
12600         """AreSatisfied(self) -> bool"""
12601         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs)
12602
12603 _core_.LayoutConstraints_swigregister(LayoutConstraints)
12604
12605 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12606
12607 # Use Python's bool constants if available, make some if not
12608 try:
12609     True
12610 except NameError:
12611     __builtins__.True = 1==1
12612     __builtins__.False = 1==0
12613     def bool(value): return not not value
12614     __builtins__.bool = bool
12615
12616
12617
12618 # workarounds for bad wxRTTI names
12619 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxGauge95']    = 'wxGauge'
12620 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxSlider95']   = 'wxSlider'
12621 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxStatusBar95']   = 'wxStatusBar'
12622
12623
12624 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12625 # Load version numbers from __version__...  Ensure that major and minor
12626 # versions are the same for both wxPython and wxWidgets.
12627
12628 from __version__ import *
12629 __version__ = VERSION_STRING
12630
12631 assert MAJOR_VERSION == _core_.MAJOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
12632 assert MINOR_VERSION == _core_.MINOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
12633 if RELEASE_VERSION != _core_.RELEASE_VERSION:
12634     import warnings
12635     warnings.warn("wxPython/wxWidgets release number mismatch")
12636
12637 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12638
12639 # Set wxPython's default string<-->unicode conversion encoding from
12640 # the locale, but only if Python's default hasn't been changed.  (We
12641 # assume that if the user has customized it already then that is the
12642 # encoding we need to use as well.)
12643 #
12644 # The encoding selected here is used when string or unicode objects
12645 # need to be converted in order to pass them to wxWidgets.  Please be
12646 # aware that the default encoding within the same locale may be
12647 # slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please see
12648 # http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
12649 # between the common latin/roman encodings.
12650
12651 default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
12652 if default == 'ascii':
12653     import locale
12654     import codecs
12655     try:
12656         default = locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]
12657         codecs.lookup(default)
12658     except (ValueError, LookupError, TypeError):
12659         default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
12660     del locale
12661     del codecs
12662 if default:
12663     wx.SetDefaultPyEncoding(default)
12664 del default
12665
12666 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12667
12668 class PyDeadObjectError(AttributeError):
12669     pass
12670
12671 class _wxPyDeadObject(object):
12672     """
12673     Instances of wx objects that are OOR capable will have their __class__
12674     changed to this class when the C++ object is deleted.  This should help
12675     prevent crashes due to referencing a bogus C++ pointer.
12676     """
12677     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for DELETED %s object! (The C++ object no longer exists.)"
12678     attrStr = "The C++ part of the %s object has been deleted, attribute access no longer allowed."
12679
12680     def __repr__(self):
12681         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12682             self._name = "[unknown]"
12683         return self.reprStr % self._name
12684
12685     def __getattr__(self, *args):
12686         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12687             self._name = "[unknown]"
12688         raise PyDeadObjectError(self.attrStr % self._name)
12689
12690     def __nonzero__(self):
12691         return 0
12692
12693
12694
12695 class PyUnbornObjectError(AttributeError):
12696     pass
12697
12698 class _wxPyUnbornObject(object):
12699     """
12700     Some stock objects are created when the wx._core module is
12701     imported, but their C++ instance is not created until the wx.App
12702     object is created and initialized.  These object instances will
12703     temporarily have their __class__ changed to this class so an
12704     exception will be raised if they are used before the C++ instance
12705     is ready.
12706     """
12707
12708     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)"
12709     attrStr = "The C++ part of this object has not been initialized, attribute access not allowed."
12710
12711     def __repr__(self):
12712         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12713         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
12714         return self.reprStr #% self._name
12715
12716     def __getattr__(self, *args):
12717         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12718         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
12719         raise PyUnbornObjectError(self.attrStr) # % self._name )
12720
12721     def __nonzero__(self):
12722         return 0
12723
12724
12725 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12726
12727 def CallAfter(callable, *args, **kw):
12728     """
12729     Call the specified function after the current and pending event
12730     handlers have been completed.  This is also good for making GUI
12731     method calls from non-GUI threads.  Any extra positional or
12732     keyword args are passed on to the callable when it is called.
12733
12734     :see: `wx.FutureCall`
12735     """
12736     app = wx.GetApp()
12737     assert app is not None, 'No wx.App created yet'
12738
12739     if not hasattr(app, "_CallAfterId"):
12740         app._CallAfterId = wx.NewEventType()
12741         app.Connect(-1, -1, app._CallAfterId,
12742                     lambda event: event.callable(*event.args, **event.kw) )
12743     evt = wx.PyEvent()
12744     evt.SetEventType(app._CallAfterId)
12745     evt.callable = callable
12746     evt.args = args
12747     evt.kw = kw
12748     wx.PostEvent(app, evt)
12749
12750 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12751
12752
12753 class FutureCall:
12754     """
12755     A convenience class for `wx.Timer`, that calls the given callable
12756     object once after the given amount of milliseconds, passing any
12757     positional or keyword args.  The return value of the callable is
12758     availbale after it has been run with the `GetResult` method.
12759
12760     If you don't need to get the return value or restart the timer
12761     then there is no need to hold a reference to this object.  It will
12762     hold a reference to itself while the timer is running (the timer
12763     has a reference to self.Notify) but the cycle will be broken when
12764     the timer completes, automatically cleaning up the wx.FutureCall
12765     object.
12766
12767     :see: `wx.CallAfter`
12768     """
12769     def __init__(self, millis, callable, *args, **kwargs):
12770         self.millis = millis
12771         self.callable = callable
12772         self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
12773         self.runCount = 0
12774         self.running = False
12775         self.hasRun = False
12776         self.result = None
12777         self.timer = None
12778         self.Start()
12779
12780     def __del__(self):
12781         self.Stop()
12782
12783
12784     def Start(self, millis=None, *args, **kwargs):
12785         """
12786         (Re)start the timer
12787         """
12788         self.hasRun = False
12789         if millis is not None:
12790             self.millis = millis
12791         if args or kwargs:
12792             self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
12793         self.Stop()
12794         self.timer = wx.PyTimer(self.Notify)
12795         self.timer.Start(self.millis, wx.TIMER_ONE_SHOT)
12796         self.running = True
12797     Restart = Start
12798
12799
12800     def Stop(self):
12801         """
12802         Stop and destroy the timer.
12803         """
12804         if self.timer is not None:
12805             self.timer.Stop()
12806             self.timer = None
12807
12808
12809     def GetInterval(self):
12810         if self.timer is not None:
12811             return self.timer.GetInterval()
12812         else:
12813             return 0
12814
12815
12816     def IsRunning(self):
12817         return self.timer is not None and self.timer.IsRunning()
12818
12819
12820     def SetArgs(self, *args, **kwargs):
12821         """
12822         (Re)set the args passed to the callable object.  This is
12823         useful in conjunction with Restart if you want to schedule a
12824         new call to the same callable object but with different
12825         parameters.
12826         """
12827         self.args = args
12828         self.kwargs = kwargs
12829
12830
12831     def HasRun(self):
12832         return self.hasRun
12833
12834     def GetResult(self):
12835         return self.result
12836
12837     def Notify(self):
12838         """
12839         The timer has expired so call the callable.
12840         """
12841         if self.callable and getattr(self.callable, 'im_self', True):
12842             self.runCount += 1
12843             self.running = False
12844             self.result = self.callable(*self.args, **self.kwargs)
12845         self.hasRun = True
12846         if not self.running:
12847             # if it wasn't restarted, then cleanup
12848             wx.CallAfter(self.Stop)
12849
12850
12851
12852 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12853 # Control which items in this module should be documented by epydoc.
12854 # We allow only classes and functions, which will help reduce the size
12855 # of the docs by filtering out the zillions of constants, EVT objects,
12856 # and etc that don't make much sense by themselves, but are instead
12857 # documented (or will be) as part of the classes/functions/methods
12858 # where they should be used.
12859
12860 class __DocFilter:
12861     """
12862     A filter for epydoc that only allows non-Ptr classes and
12863     fucntions, in order to reduce the clutter in the API docs.
12864     """
12865     def __init__(self, globals):
12866         self._globals = globals
12867
12868     def __call__(self, name):
12869         import types
12870         obj = self._globals.get(name, None)
12871         if type(obj) not in [type, types.ClassType, types.FunctionType, types.BuiltinFunctionType]:
12872             return False
12873         if name.startswith('_') or name.startswith('EVT') or name.endswith('_swigregister')  or name.endswith('Ptr') :
12874             return False
12875         return True
12876
12877 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12878 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12879
12880 # Import other modules in this package that should show up in the
12881 # "core" wx namespace
12882 from _gdi import *
12883 from _windows import *
12884 from _controls import *
12885 from _misc import *
12886
12887 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12888 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12889
12890
12891